-
1 ὕλη
A forest, woodland, Il.11.155, Od.17.316, Ep.Jac.3.5, etc.;γῆν.. δασέαν ὕλῃ παντοίῃ Hdt.4.21
;ἀπ' ὕλης ἀγρίης ζώειν Id.1.203
; ὕλα ἀεργός virgin forest, Berl.Sitzb.1927.167 ([place name] Cyrene); τὰ δένδρα καὶ ὕλη fruit-trees and forest-trees, Th.4.69 (cf. δένδρον); not only of forest-trees, but also of copse, brushwood, undergrowth (cf. ὕλημα), directly opp. to timber-trees, X.An.1.5.1, Oec.16.13, 17.12, PSI6.577.8 (iii B. C.), Sor.1.40: also in pl., h.Cer. 386, Hecat.291 J., Mosch.3.88, Plb. 5.7.10, D.S.3.48, D.H.Th.6, Str.5.1.12, 15.1.60, Plu.Pyrrh.25, Cat. Ma.21, Comp.Cim.Luc.3, Luc.Prom.12, Sacr.10, Am.12, Babr.12.2, al., Nonn.D.3.69, 252, 16.91, 36.70, etc.II wood cut down, Od.5.257 (cf. III); firewood, fuel, Il.7.418, 23.50, 111, al., Od.9.234, Hdt.4.164,6.80; brushwood, Id.7.36, Th.2.75, etc.; timber,ὕ. ναυπηγησίμη Pl.Lg. 705c
;ναυπηγήσιμος καὶ οἰκοδομική Thphr.HP5.7.1
, cf. IG42(1).102.50 (Epid., iv B. C.); also, twigs for birds' nests, Arist.HA 559a2.III the stuff of which a thing is made, material, (perh. so of wood), Od.5.257; rarely of other material, as metal,οἱ παρ' ἄκμονι.. ὕλην ἄψυχον δημιουργοῦντες Plu.2.802b
(cf. S.Fr. 844, but ὕλη is Plutarch's word): generally, materials, PMasp.151.91 (vi A. D.).2 in Philosophy, matter, first in Arist. (Ti.Locr.93b, al. is later); defined as τὸ ὑποκείμενον γενέσεως καὶ φθορᾶς δεκτικόν, GC320a2; as τὸ ἐζ οὗ γίγνεται, Metaph.1032a17; οὐσία ἥ τε ὕ. καὶ τὸ εἶδος καὶ τὸ ἐκ τούτων ib.1035a2; opp. as δυνάμει τόδε τι to τόδε τι ἐνεργεία, ib. 1042a27; opp. ἐντελέχεια, ib.1038b6: in later philosoph. writers, mostly opp. to the intelligent and formative principle ([etym.] νοῦς), Procl. Inst.72, etc.;ὕ. τῶν ἀριθμῶν Iamb.Comm.Math.4
.3 matter for a poem or treatise, ὕ. τραγική, ποιητικαὶ ὗλαι, Plb.2.16.14, Longin. 13.4, cf. 43.1, Vett.Val.172.1, etc.; ἡ ὑποκειμένη ὕ. the subject-matter, Arist.EN 1094b12, cf. Phld.Rh.2.124 S.4 ὕ. ἰατρική materia medica, Dsc.tit.; so ὕλη alone, materia medica, Id.1 Prooem., Gal. 17(2).181; ὗλαι τῆς τέχνης ibid., cf. 6.77, Sor.1.83, 110, 2.15,28;ἡ ὕ. τῶν ὁπλομαχικῶν ἐνεργειῶν Gal.6.157
.b ἡ μέση ὕλη the middle range of diet, Sor.1.46, 2.15;τροφιμωτέρα ὕλη Id.1.95
, cf. 36.5 pl., material resources,βασιλικαὶ ὗλαι Ph.1.640
.IV sediment, Ar.Fr. 879, cf. Sch.Ar.Pl. 1086, 1088 (hence ὑλίζω ([etym.] ἀφ-, δι-), ὑλώδης 11
); mud, slime, UPZ70.9 (ii B. C.); ὕλῃ, ὕλει, and ἰλυῖ are cj. for ὕδει in Thgn.961.2 matter excreted from the human body, Sor.1.22,23,25, al.;ἡ ὕ. τῶν ἐμπυημάτων Gal.18(2).256
; phlegm, catarrh, PMed. in Arch.Pap.4.270 (iii A. D.). -
2 τρέμω
Aτετρέμηκα EM606.50
:— tremble, quake, quiver, , cf. Call.Del. 137; ὠλένας τρέμων ἄκρας quivering in.., E.IT 283;τρέμουσα κῶλα Id.Med. 1169
;τρέμει [ἡ φωνή] Arist.Pr. 906a17
; of persons, τρέμειν τὴν φωνήν ib. 948a35; shiver, in the cold stage of malaria, Hp.Flat.8.II esp. tremble with fear,ὑπὸ δ' ἔτρεμε γυῖα Il.10.390
, cf. Od.11.527; φόβῳ, φρίκῃ τ., E. Ion 1452 (lyr.), Tr. 1026: then simply, tremble, be afraid,δεδιὼς καὶ τ. D.18.263
;τ. τῷ δέει τί πείσεται Alex.110.6
.3 c. acc., tremble at, fear, S.OC 256, E.El. 643, etc.;τ. τὸ πρᾶγμα Ar.Ach. 494
;τὰ πράγματα Id.Eq. 265
(troch.); ;[τῆς εὐδαιμονίας] ἕνεκα τ. Antipho 2.4.9
;περὶ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας Id.2.3.8
, cf. Pl.R. 554d. (Cf. Lat. tremo, Lith. trimù, triìmti 'shiver'.) -
3 μυκάομαι
Aἐμῡκησάμην Ar.Nu. 292
, Theoc.16.37: used by Hom. once in [tense] pres. part., Od.10.413, elsewh. in [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. μύκον [ῠ], [dialect] Ep. [tense] pf. μέμῡκα (also in A.Supp. 352 (lyr.)): [tense] plpf. ἐμεμύκειν orμεμύκειν Od.12.395
: [dialect] Ep. iterat. μύκεσκε only in EM624.40:—prop. of oxen, low, bellow, ὁ δὲ μακρὰ μεμυκώς [ὁ ταῦρος] Il.18.580;μεμυκὼς ἠΰτε ταῦρος 21.237
;πόριες.. μυκώμεναι Od.10.413
, cf. A.l.c., E.Ba. 738; of a calf, Theoc.l.c.; of Heracles in agony, E.HF 870 (troch.: so comically,ἔβλεψεν δριμὺ κἀμυκᾶτο Ar.Ra. 562
);οἷον μυκτὴρ μυκᾶται Id.V. 1488
;μάτηρ κεφαλὰν μυκήσατο παιδὸς ἑλοῖσα Theoc.26.20
;ὥσπερ λέων μ. Apoc.10.3
.2 of things,πύλαι μύκον οὐρανοῦ Il.5.749
;μέγα δ' ἀμφὶ πύλαι μύκον 12.460
; of a shield, μέγα δ' ἀμφὶ σάκος μύκε δουρὸς ἀκωκῇ rang, 20.260; of meat, ἀμφ' ὀβελοῖσι μεμύκει bellowed upon the spits (a portent), Od.12.395;μέμυκε δὲ γαῖα καὶ ὕλη Hes.Op. 508
;βροντῆς μυκησαμένης Ar.Nu. 292
;κόχλον ἑλὼν μυκήσατο κοῖλον Theoc.22.75
:—rare in Prose, Pl.R. 396b, 615e, Arist.Mete. 368a25.—An [tense] aor. [voice] Act., [τυμπάνου] βαρὺ μυκήσαντος AP6.220.11
(Diosc.). (Onomatopoeic word.)Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μυκάομαι
-
4 οὐσία
A- ιη Hdt.1.92
, 6.86.ά, SIG167.26 (Mylasa, iv B. C.); [dialect] Dor. [full] ἐσσία, [full] ὠσία (qq. v.): ἡ: ( ὀντ-, part. of εἰμί sum):—that which is one's own, one's substance, property, Hdt. ll.cc., S.Tr. 911 (s. v. l.), E. HF 337, Hel. 1253 (pl., Fr. 354 (s. v. l.)), Ar.Ec. 729, Lys.18.17, Pl.R. 551b, SIGl.c., etc.; opp. τὰ σώματα (civil status), And.1.74;καλῶς.. ἐπεμελήθη τῶν οὐσιῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ δημάρχου BSA24.154
(Attica, iv B.C.); εἰ ἐκεκτήμην οὐ. if I had been a man of substance, Lys.24.11;ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐ. δαπανᾶν Diph.32.7
;πατρῴαν οὐ. κατεσθίειν Anaxipp.1.32
, cf. Critias 45 D.; φανερὰ οὐσία real property, immovables, And.1.118; opp. ἀφανής, Lys.32.4; freq. of estates in Egypt, PTeb.6.23 (ii B. C., pl.), BGU650.3 (i A. D.), OGI665.30 (i A. D.), etc.II in Philos., like [dialect] Ion. φύσις (with which it is interchanged in various uses, e. g. Philol. 11, Pl.R. 359a, 359b, Arist.PA 646a25, Thphr.HP6.1.1), stable being, immutable reality, opp.γένεσις, ὅτιπερ πρὸς γένεσιν οὐσία, τοῦτο πρὸς πίστιν ἀλήθεια Pl.Ti. 29c
, cf. Sph. 232c;ὧν κίνησις γένεσιν παραλαβοῦσα ἀέναον οὐ. ἐπόρισεν Id.Lg. 966e
;γένεσις μὲν τὸ σπέρμα, οὐ. δὲ τὸ τέλος Arist.PA 641b32
, cf. 640a18, etc.;ὁδὸς εἰς οὐσίαν Id.Metaph. 1003b7
: hence, being in the abstract, opp. non-being ([etym.] τὸ μὴ εἶναι), Pl.Tht. 185c.2 substance, essence, opp. πάθη ('modes'), Id.Euthphr. 11a;πάθη οὐσίας Arist.Metaph. 1003b7
; opp. συμβεβηκότα ('accidents'), Id.APo. 83a24, PA 643a27;ἡ φύσις [τῆς ψυχῆς] καὶ ἡ οὐ., εἶθ' ὅσα συμβέβηκε περὶ αὐτήν Id.de An. 402a8
.3 true nature of that which is a member of a kind, defined asὃ τυγχάνει ἕκαστον ὄν Pl.Phd. 65d
; as τὸ ὅ ἐστι ib. 92d; asτὸ τί ἐστι Arist.APo. 90b30
; τὸ εἶναί τε καὶ τὴν οὐ. Pl.R. 509b; expressed in a formula or definition,ψυχῆς οὐ. τε καὶ λόγον Id.Phdr. 245e
;τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι οὗ ὁ λόγος ὁρισμός, καὶ τοῦτο οὐ. λέγεται Arist.Metaph. 1017b22
; μόνης τῆς οὐ. ἐστὶν ὁ ὁρισμός ib. 1031a1.4 the possession of such a nature, substantiality,ἔτι ἐπέκεινα τῆς οὐ. πρεσβείᾳ.. ὑπερέχοντος Pl.R. 509b
.5 in the concrete, the primary real, the substratum underlying all change and process in nature, applied by Arist. to the atoms of Democritus, Fr. 208; toτὰ ἁπλᾶ σώματα Id.Cael. 298a29
, cf. Metaph. 1017b10;πᾶσαι αἱ φυσικαὶ οὐ. ἢ σώματα ἢ μετὰ σωμάτων γίγνονται Id.Cael. 298b3
, al.;ταὐτὸν σῶμα καὶ οὐσίαν ὁριζόμενοι Pl. Sph. 246a
; but also, νοητὰ ἄττα καὶ ἀσώματα εἴδη.. τὴν ἀληθινὴν οὐ. ib.b.6 in Logic, substance as the leading category, Arist. Cat. 1b26, Metaph. 1045b29; αἱ πρῶται οὐ. (individuals), αἱ δεύτεραι οὐ. (species and genera), Id.Cat. 2b5, 2a15 (butὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὁ ἵππος.. οὐκ ἔστιν οὐ. ἀλλὰ σύνολόν τι Id.Metaph. 1035b29
, cf. σύνθετος or συνθέτη οὐ. ib. 1043a30, de An. 412a16);ἡ μὲν ψυχὴ οὐ. ἡ πρώτη, τὸ δὲ σῶμα ὕλη Id.Metaph. 1037a5
;ἡ ψυχὴ οὐ. ὡς εἶδος Id.de An. 412a19
; ἡ οὐ. ἐντελέχεια ib.21; [ψυχὴ] οὐ. τοῦ ἐμψύχου Id.Metaph. 1035b15
; of the abstract objects of mathematics,μονὰς οὐ. ἄθετος, στιγμὴ δὲ οὐ. θετός Id.APo. 87a36
.7 after Pl. and Arist. in various uses, as ἡ ἄποιος οὐ., = ἡ ὕλη, Zeno Stoic.1.24; κατὰ οὐσίαν, opp. κατὰ δύναμιν ἢ ἐνέργειαν, Polystr.p.12 W.; πᾶς νοῦς ἀμέριστός ἐστιν οὐ. Procl.Inst. 171, cf. Plot.2.4.5, 2.6.1, 4.7.8, 6.1.2, al.8 Pythag. name for I, Theol.Ar.6.III name of a plaster, Aët.15.15,45.IV αἱ οὐ. fireresisting substances, Zos.Alch.p.168 B.; of the four σώματα (copper, tin, lead, iron), Ps.-Democr. ap. eund.p.167 B.V in Magic, a material thing by which a connexion is established between the person to be acted upon and the supernatural agent, e.g. a hair,λαβὼν βελόνην διείρων τὴν οὐ. εἰς αὐτήν PMag.Par.1.2949
, cf. PMag.Osl. 1.73; mould from a tomb, PMag.Par.1.435; κυνοκεφάλου οὐ.,.. κυνὸς οὐ., = κόπρος (cf. 2460), ib.2687, etc. -
5 τέμνω
τέμνω (A), [dialect] Ion., [dialect] Dor., and [dialect] Ep. [full] τάμνω, Il.3.105, al. ( τέμνω once in Hom., Od.3.175), Hdt.2.65, Democr.263, Hp.Acut.22, SIG1026.20 (Cos, [voice] Pass.), cf. ἀποτέμνω, διατέμνω: [ per.] 3sg. [tense] pres. [full] τέμει only in Il. 13.707 ([ per.] 2sg. τέμεις prob. in Epigr. ap. Suid.A s.v. βοῦς ἕβδομος): τέμνω is f.l. in Pi.P.3.68 and v.l. in O.13.57, cf. τάμνω ib.12.6, B.5.17, 16.4, but is the only [dialect] Att. [tense] pres., Th.3.26, IG12.76.56, etc. (v. also τμήγω): Iterat.τέμνεσκον A.R.1.1215
, Q.S.6.217: [tense] fut. , Th.1.82, etc.; [dialect] Ion.τεμέω Hp.Jusj.
: [tense] aor. [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Dor. ἔτᾰμον, [dialect] Ep. τάμον, Il.3.292, al., SIG4.10 (Cyzicus, vi B.C.), Pi. N.3.33, Hdt.7.132; [dialect] Ep. inf.ταμέειν Il.19.197
; [dialect] Att.ἔτεμον Th.6.7
, IG22.1666A8, etc.: [tense] pf. , ([etym.] ἀπο-) Pl.Men. 85a; [dialect] Dor.[ per.] 3sg.τετμάκει Archim.Con.Sph.22
,26; [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. part. (in pass. sense) τετμηώς A.R4.156:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. τεμοῦμαι ([etym.] ὑπο-) Ar. Eq. 291 (lyr.), X.Cyr.1.4.19, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐταμόμην, inf.ταμέσθαι Il.9.580
; [dialect] Att. ([etym.] ἀπ-), Luc.Pr.Im.24:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.τμηθήσομαι Arist.LI 968b17
; [dialect] Dor.τμα- Archim.Aequil.2.2
; alsoτετμήσομαι Philostr.VA4.24
, ([etym.] ἐκ-) Pl.R. 564c: [tense] aor. , Th.2.18, etc.; [dialect] Dor.ἐτμα- Archim.Con.Sph.11
: [tense] pf.τέτμημαι Od.17.195
, Th.3.26, etc.; [dialect] Dor.τετμα- Archim.Con.Sph.12
(τετμη- Pi.I.6(5).22
codd.):— cut, in Hom. and elsewhere usu. of particular kinds of cutting (v. infr.); generally, ὀδόντας οἵους τέμνειν fit for cutting, X.Mem.1.4.6; τοιοῦτον τμῆμα τέμνεται τὸ τεμνόμενον, οἷον τὸ τέμνον τέμνει; Pl.Grg. 476d.2 cut, wound, maim,ἀλλήλων ταμέειν χρόα χαλκῷ Il.13.501
, 16.761; πρὸς δέρην τ. wound her in the neck, A.Eu. 592; οἱ στενοὶ (sc. τελαμῶνες) τέμνουσι narrow bandages cut the patient, Sor.1.83.3 of a surgeon, cut,ἐκ μηροῦ τ. βέλος Il.11.844
;τ. τὰν κοιλίαν IG42(1).122.40
(Epid., iv B.C.); τὴν χεῖρα (in blood-letting) Gal.16.810: abs., use the knife, as opp. to cautery ([etym.] κάειν), ἤτοι κέαντες ἢ τεμόντες A.Ag. 849
, cf. X.An.5.8.18, Pl.Grg. 456b, 480c, 521e, etc.:— [voice] Pass., to be operated upon, Hp.Aph.7.44, Pl.Grg. 479a.5 prune vines, LXX Le.25.3, cf. Is.5.6 ([voice] Pass.); cut, i.e. gather, herbs, Dsc.3.132 ([voice] Pass.).II cut up, cut to pieces, of animals, Il.9.209; τ. μελεϊστί, διὰ μελεϊστί, κατὰ μέλη, 24.409, Od.9.291, Pi.O.1.49;τ. ἰχθῦς Hdt.2.65
, cf. 3.42, etc.:—[voice] Med.,ταμνομένους κρέα πολλά Od.24.364
.b slaughter, sacrifice,ταμέειν Διί τ' Ἠελίῳ τε Il.19.197
; σφάγια τ. E.Supp. 1196:—[voice] Pass.,σφάγια τέμνεται Id.Heracl. 400
.2 ὅρκια τάμνειν sacrifice in attestation of an oath, and hence, take solemn oaths, Il.2.124, Od.24.483, etc. (also in late Prose, as Plb.21.24.3, 21.32.15, al.); , etc.; θάνατόν νύ τοι ὅρκι' ἔταμνον I made a truce which was death to thee, 4.155; ἐπὶ τούτοισι τ. ὅρκιον on these terms, Hdt.7.132; without ὅρκιον, τ. τισὶ μένειν τὸ ὅρκιον make a covenant that.., Id.4.201; alsoσπονδὰς τέμωμεν E.Hel. 1235
; ἆρα φίλιά μοι τεμεῖ; Id.Supp. 376 (lyr.):—[voice] Med., of two parties,ὅρκια τάμνεσθαι Hdt.4.70
.3 φάρμακον τέμνειν cut or chop up a plant for purposes of medicine or witchcraft, Pl.Lg. 836b: metaph., ib. 919b, Ep. 353e: hence πόρον or ἄκος τέμνειν contrive a means or remedy, A.Supp. 807 (lyr., dub.l.), E.Andr. 121 (lyr.).4 divide, of a river, μέσην τ. Λιβύην cut it in twain, Hdt.2.33, cf. E.El. 411; of a mountain-chain, D.P.340, 890; τ. δίχα cleave in two, Pl.Smp. 190d:-[voice] Med., ἑπτὰ μέρη τεμόμενος having divided it into seven parts, Id.Lg. 695c:—[voice] Pass.,γραμμὴ δίχα τετμημένη Id.R. 509d
; τετμημένος ἐξ ἑνὸς δύο cut from one into two, Id.Smp. 191d.b διὰ τῆς δριμυφαγίας εἰ καὶ τὸ πάχος τέμνοιτο τοῦ γάλακτος were to be diluted, thinned, Sor.1.98;ἡ τῆς πτισάνης [ὕλη] τ. καὶ ὑγραίνει τὰ τῆς ἀναπτύσεως δεόμενα Gal.15.507
, cf. 6.352, 14.742; , cf. Vict.Att.1, al.5 divide logically,τ. δίχα Pl.Phlb. 49a
, Plt. 287b; τ. τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀρτίῳ καὶ περιττῷ into even and odd, ib. 262e, cf. 266e, al.; εἰς δύο μέρη τέμνουσι [ τὴν πραγματείαν] Sor. 1.1:—[voice] Pass.,διχῇ τέμνεσθαι Pl.Sph. 223c
.III cut off, severἐκ κεφαλέων τρίχας Il.3.273
;κεφαλὴν ἀπὸ δειρῆς 18.177
;δρακόντοιν κάρα A.Ch. 1047
, cf. S.Ph. 619;λαιμούς τινος Ar.Av. 1560
; πλόκον, φόβας, βόστρυχον, S.Aj. 1179, El. 449, 901 ([voice] Pass.), etc.;τράχηλον σώματος χωρίς E.Ba. 241
; Ὕδραν τ. Pl.R. 426e: with double acc., ἐρινεὸν ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ τάμνε νέους ὄρπηκας cut the branches off the fig-tree, Il.21.38 ( ἐρινεοῦ cj. Agar):—[voice] Pass., τρίχας ἐτμήθην had them cut off, E.Tr. 480.2 part off, mark off,τέλσον ἀρούρης Il.13.707
;τέμενος 6.194
; so in [voice] Med., 9.580; also τάμνοντ' ἀμφὶ βοῶν ἀγέλας they cut them off, surrounded them, 18.528.IV cut down, fell, of trees and timber, δένδρεα, δρῦς, φιτρούς, 11.88, 23.119, Od.12.11, etc.; ; τίς.. ἔτεμε τὰν δακρυόεσσαν Ἰλίῳ πεύκαν; E.Hel. 231 (lyr.);τ. ὕλην Th.2.98
; τ. ξύλα ἐκ τοῦ Κιθαιρῶνος ib.75;χάρακας ἐκ τοῦ τεμένους Id.3.70
:—[voice] Pass., [μελίη] χαλκῷ ταμνομένη Il.13.180
;ῥόπαλον τετμημένον Od.17.195
; ἡ ὕλη ἡ τετμ. the felled timber, D.42.30:—[voice] Med., δοῦρα τάμνεσθαι fell oneself timber, Od.5.243, cf. Hdt.5.82, E.Hec. 634 (lyr.).2 λίθον τ. hew or quarry it, IG12.76.56, cf. 22.1666A8, 42(1).102.41, al. (Epid., iv B.C.), Pl.Criti. 116a, PPetr.2p.6 (iii B.C.), D.S.5.13; τ. μέταλλον open or work a mine, Hyp.Eux.35 ([voice] Pass.):—[voice] Med., λίθους τάμνεσθαι have them wrought or hewn, Hdt.1.186.3 cut down for purposes of destruction,γῆς τ. βλαστήματα E.Hec. 1204
;τ. τὸν σῖτον X.Mem.2.1.13
; also τ. τὴν γῆν lay waste the country by felling the fruit-trees, cutting the corn, etc., Hdt.9.86, cf. Th.2.19,55, And.3.8 ([voice] Pass.);τῆς γῆς ἔτεμον οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
: c. partit. gen., τῆς γῆς τ. waste part of it, Id.1.30, 2.56:—[voice] Pass., ib.18,20.V cut into shape,δέρμα βόειον Od.14.24
;ἱμάντας ἐκ τοῦ δέρματος Hdt.5.25
:—[voice] Med.,νομέας ταμόμενοι Id.1.194
.2 τ. ὁδόν cut or make a road,τ. ὁδοὺς εὐθείας Th.2.100
;τ. διάπλους ἐκ τῶν διωρύχων Pl.Criti. 118e
;τάφρον τεμέσθαι PHal.1.107
(iii B.C.); ὁ τέμνων (sc. τὴν τάφρον) ib. 110: metaph., ὀχετοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν πλεύμονα ἔτεμον carried channels or ducts to the lungs, Pl.Ti. 70d, cf. 77c;οὐκ.. ἐγὼ πρῶτος ταύτην ἐτεμόμην τὴν ὁδόν Luc.Pr.Im.24
:—[voice] Pass.,μυρίαι τέτμηνται κέλευθοι Pi.I.6(5).22
;οὐ τετμημένων [τῶν] ὁδῶν Hdt.4.136
, etc.b make one's way, advance,ὦ τὴν ἐν ἄστροις.. τέμνων ὁδὸν.. Ἥλιε E.Ph. 1
;διὰ μέσου.. αἰθέρος τέμνων κέλευθον Ar.Th. 1100
; τὴν μεσόγαιαν τ. τῆς ὁδοῦ take the inland road, strike through the interior, Hdt.7.124, 9.89: metaph., μέσον τι τέμνειν hold a middle course, Pl.Prt. 338a; τὴν μέσην τ. Plu.2.7b; μέσον τινὰ [ βίον] τ. Pl.Lg. 793a;βιότοιο τ. τρίβον AP9.359
(Posidipp. or Pl.Com.), 360 (Metrod.): abs., make one's way, A.R.2.1244, 4.771.3 of ships, cut through the waves, plough the sea, τ. πέλαγος μέσον, κύματα θαλάσσης, Od.3.175, 13.88, cf. Pi.P.3.68: metaph., ψεύδη.. τάμνοισαι κυλίνδοντ' ἐλπίδες men's hopes are tossed about as they cut through the sea of lies, Id.O.12.6: of birds, αἰθέρος αὔλακα τ. cleave the air, Ar.Av. 1400, cf. h.Cer. 383, E.Epigr.2.VII cut short, bring to a crisis or decision,μαχᾶν τ. τέλος Pi.O.13.57
;κίνδυνον τ. σιδάρῳ E.Heracl. 758
(lyr.);λόγῳ τὰ διάφορα τεμεῖν Lib.Or.18.164
; τὰς δίκας τ. Cod.Just.3.1.12, cf. 2.12.27.2, al.------------------------------------ -
6 τε
τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).A as a Conjunction,I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second,ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
;δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375;τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b;λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g.ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
;ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3;τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.);κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times,ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, , cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, asἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., asοὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v.οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , asοὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.a τε.. δὲ.. , asκόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625;ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
;διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.bμὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes,τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c;Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; ; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; , cf. 253, 262, al.;εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.;ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7;πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.);χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7;ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4;ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.);καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; , cf. 24, al.;ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6;χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. ; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293;ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.;τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
;βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
;ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
;βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, ; ; ; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193;ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; ; ; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives,διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
;ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
;θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
;πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g.τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6,ἄλλως 1.3
.2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep.,σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; alsoτε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also inκαὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
;καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
;καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ; ;τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: ; ;θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; , cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526;ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
;οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
;οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; , cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322;ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
;παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
;αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307;τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ;νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
;κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499;νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
;σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied);ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons,ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
;οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521;μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g.Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
;Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
;δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
;εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6;ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
;ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
;ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt.,ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9;εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies,ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; , cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; , cf. 18.485.5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160;ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332;κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
;μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses withοἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
;οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608;ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
;ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
;αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294;οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
;δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415;οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464;πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
;οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent,Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
;Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
;Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; ;Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, , cf. 2.669, Od.5.4;Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
;Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
;Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
;τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν)ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary,οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
;ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
;σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
;καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g.Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; , cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ)δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; ; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature,ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
;ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266;ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it,κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined,ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life,γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; ; , cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358;ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535,ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing)Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. hasτά πέρ τε 1.74
,ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al.,οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionallyἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; (ii B.C.);ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); (Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962;ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which)ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
;οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats,σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
;ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) inοὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε inἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; ; μέν τε in , cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε inοὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions,σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ')ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ'); δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him,ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
;σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187;ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; .4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference,κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so)τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
;τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166;εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.);ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
;νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
;πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
;δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
;ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ'), τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
;οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
;οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
;οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18;ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; (but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); , cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, , cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom.,ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.9 inἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.10 Rarer and later uses;a also, esp. withἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483;ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.);ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.);τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word,εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.D Position of τε:1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; , cf. 4.505, 7.295; codd., cf. 291 (anap.);ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
;ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); , cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.);πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows,πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε. -
7 φιλόϋλος
φιλόϋλος, ον (ὕλη ‘material’) loving material things (cp. Origen, Fgm. in Luc. 71, l. 6 ed. MRauer 1930, p. 269 φιλοΰλων καὶ φιλοσωμάτων λόγοι πιθανοί) in imagery πῦρ φιλόϋλον a fire that longs for material things or that desires to be fed w. material things IRo 7:2 (ὕλη means ‘material things’ opposed to God 6:2, elsewh. = ‘firewood’ [ὕλη 2]).—DELG s.v. ὕλη. -
8 λόγος
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:1 account of money handled,σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143;οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
;λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
;ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
;τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
;ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); alsoΚαίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
;λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.;λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
;παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
;λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.;λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
;ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt.,Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
;τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94;περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115;λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
;λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
;λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.II relation, correspondence, proportion,1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
;κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
;ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18;ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
;λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3;τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; soκατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
;ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
;χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
;σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων); ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
;ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
;ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;ἔχει λ. D.44.32
;οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
;δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; ;λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
;οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.;οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.3 law, rule of conduct,ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
;πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.5 reason, ground,πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
;οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγουτε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
;ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
;τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4;πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
;ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot.,τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so withoutσπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
;οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
;οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.IV inward debate of the soul (cf.λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e;ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
;τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
;μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
;οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
;ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
;οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).b creative reason,ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
;ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
;οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.2 legend,ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
;λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.3 tale, story,ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.;συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d);περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
;ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
;τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
;τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf.λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).a pl., without Art., talk,τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
;αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
;ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.b sg., expression, phrase,πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514;μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
;ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
;ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782;λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
;οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
;οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
;ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
;ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.2 common talk, report, tradition,ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
;λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
;οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
;διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
;λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.b rumour,ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
;λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
;πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
;ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.;λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.3 discussion, debate, deliberation,πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
;συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
;οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; ;οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
;διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
;ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
;ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
;κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
;δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
;διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech,ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.;ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
;οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
;πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature,οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).VII a particular utterance, saying:1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
;οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
;ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
;ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
;οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
;ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a;ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; alsoπρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).b in Art, subject of a painting,ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
;λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ;ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
;λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
;μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
;ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
. -
9 εἰμί
εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.ⓒ in explanations:α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, beⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
10 τρέφω
A : [tense] fut. , etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔθρεψα, [dialect] Ep.θρέψα Il.2.548
: [tense] aor. 2 ἔτρᾰφον (v. infr. B): [tense] pf. τέτροφα intr., Od.23.237, ([etym.] συν-) Hp.Morb.Sacr. 11; but trans., S.OC 186 (lyr.); alsoτέτρᾰφα Plb.12.25h
.5:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. θρέψομαι in pass. sense, Hp.Genit.9, Nat.Puer. 23, Th.7.49, etc.: [tense] aor.ἐθρεψάμην Pi.O.6.46
, A.Ch. 928, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. τρᾰφήσομαι Ps.-D.60.32, D.H.8.41, etc., but in early writers in med. form θρέψομαι (v. supr.): [tense] aor. 1 ἐθρέφθην, [dialect] Ep. , rare in Trag. and [dialect] Att., E.Hec. 351, 600, Pl.Plt. 310a;ἐθράφθη IG12(9).286
(Eretria, vi B. C.): [tense] aor. 2 ἐτράφην [pron. full] [ᾰ] Hom. (sed v. infr. B), A.Th. 754 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 335 (lyr.), etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἔτραφεν, τράφεν, Il.23.348, 1.251: [tense] pf.τέθραμμαι Hp.Nat.Hom.5
, E.Heracl. 578, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. (but συντέτραφθε [s. v. l.] in X.Cyr.6.4.14); inf. , X.HG2.3.24 (in both with v. l. τετρ-).I thicken or congeal a liquid, γάλα θρέψαι curdle it, Od.9.246; τρέφε ([tense] impf.)πίονατυρόν Theoc.25.106
:—[voice] Pass., with [tense] pf.[voice] Act. τέτροφα, curdle, congeal,γάλα τρεφόμενον τυρὸν ἐργάζεσθαι Ael.NA16.32
;περὶ χροΐ τέτροφεν ἅλμη Od.23.237
.II usu., cause to grow or increase, bring up, rear, esp. of children bred and brought up in a house,ὅ σ' ἔτρεφε τυτθὸν ἐόντα Il.8.283
;ἥ μ' ἔτεχ', ἥ μ' ἔθρεψε Od.2.131
, cf. 12.134;εὖ ἔτρεφεν ἠδ' ἀτίταλλεν Il.16.191
, cf. Od.19.354;ἐγώ σ' ἔθρεψα, σὺν δὲ γηράναι θέλω A.Ch. 908
, cf. Supp. 894;μέχρι ἥβης τ. Th.2.46
;γεννᾶν καὶ τ. Pl.Plt. 274a
;τ. τε καὶ αὔξειν μέγαν Id.R. 565c
: c. acc. cogn., τ. τινὰ τροφήν τινα bring up in a certain way, Hdt.2.2; alsoτῶν πρώτων μαθημάτων, ἐν οἷς οἱ παλαιοὶ τοὺς παῖδας ἔτρεφον Gal.16.691
:—[voice] Med., rear for oneself,θρέψαιό τε φαίδιμον υἱόν Od.19.368
;αὐτὸν ἐθρέψαντο δράκοντες Pi.O.6.46
; ; ;τεκὼν ἀρετὴν καὶ θ. Id.Smp. 212a
; :—[voice] Pass., to be reared, grow up, ;τῇ ὁμοῦ ἐτρεφόμην Od.15.365
;ἅμα τράφεν ἠδ' ἐγένοντο Il.1.251
, etc.; κάρτιστοι τράφεν ἀνδρῶν grew up the strongest men, ib. 266:—prop. a boy was called τρεφόμενος only so long as he remained in the charge of the women, i. e. till his fifth year, Hdt.1.136; ἐξ ὅτου 'τράφην ἐγώ from the time when I left the nursery, Ar.Av. 322; but even of pre-natal growth, , cf. Th. 754 (lyr.):—generally, in Trag., ; ὅπως πατρὸς δείξεις οἷος ἐξ οἵου τράφης ib. 557;κρατίστου πατρὸς.. τραφείς Id.Ph.3
: παῖδες μητέρων τεθραμμέναι true nurslings of your mothers, implying a reproach for unmanliness (s. v.l.), A.Th. 792; μιᾶς τρέφει πρὸς νυκτός art nursed by night alone, i. e. art blind, S.OT 374.2 of slaves, cattle, dogs and the like , rear and keep them,κύνας Il.22.69
, Od.14.22, etc.;ἵππους Il.2.766
; λέοντος ἶνιν (v. σίνις) A.Ag. 717 (lyr.); (lyr.); (cj. for στρέφουσι); ἰκτῖνα Ar. Fr. 628
;ὄρτυγας Eup.214
; ; οἱ τρέφοντες (sc. τοὺς ἐλέφαντας ) the keepers, Arist.HA 571b33;τ. παιδαγωγούς Aeschin.1.187
; alsoτ. γυναῖκα E.IA 749
; τ. [ἑταίραν], [πόρνας], keep.., Antiph. 2, Diph. 87; ὁ τρέφων one's master, Nicol.Com.1.11,36: metaph., αἰγιαλὸν ἔνδον τρέφει he keeps a sea-beach in the house, Ar.V. 110:—[voice] Pass., to be bred, reared,δοῦλος οὐκ ὠνητός, ἀλλ' οἴκοι τραφείς S.OT 1123
; ἐν τῇ σῇ οἰκίᾳ γέγονεν καὶ τέθραπται was born and bred, Pl.Men. 85e; Ἀγαθῖνον θρεμένον (i. e. τεθρεμμένον, = θρεπτόν, v. θρεπτός 1) B (Dionysopolis, ii A. D.); Νείκην τὴν θρεμένην μου ib.276 A (Dionysopolis, ii A. D.).3 tend, cherish, τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ φίλεόν τε καὶ ἔτρεφον, of Calypso, Od.5.135, cf. 7.256; of plants, Il.17.53;θρέψασα φυτὸν ὥς 18.57
, cf. Od.14.175.4 of parts of the body, let grow, cherish, foster,χαίτην.. Σπερχειῷ τρέφε Il.23.142
;τῷ θεῷ [πλόκαμον] τ. E.Ba. 494
;ὑπήνην ἄκουρον τ. Ar.V. 476
(lyr.); τ. κόμην, = κομᾶν, Hdt.1.82; : also τά θ' ὕεσσι τρέφει ἀλοιφήν things which put fat on swine, Od.13.410;τεθραμμένη εἰς πολυσαρκίαν X.Mem.2.1.22
.5 in Poets, of earth and sea, breed, produce, teem with,οὐδὲν ἀκιδνότερον γαῖα τ. ἀνθρώποιο Od.18.130
;ἄγρια, τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη Il.5.52
;φάρμακα, ὅσα τρέφει εὐρεῖα χθών 11.741
;ὅσ' ἤπειρος.. τρέφει ἠδὲ θάλασσα Hes.Th. 582
;πολλὰ γᾶ τρέφει δεινά A.Ch. 585
(lyr.), cf. 128, E.Hec. 1181;θάλασσα.. τρέφουσα πορφύρας ἰσάργυρον κηκῖδα A.Ag. 959
; ὃν πόντος τ., i. e. the sailors, Pi.I.1.48: rare in Prose,ἀεί τι ἡ Αιβύη τρέφει καινόν Arist. GA 746b8
.6 in Poets also, simply, have within oneself, contain, (lyr.), cf. Tr. 817; τρέφειν τὴν γλῶσσαν ἡσυχαιτέραν to keep his tongue more quiet, Id.Ant. 1089;ἡ γλῶσσα τὸν θυμὸν δεινὸν τ. Id.Aj. 1124
;τἀληθὲς γὰρ ἰσχῦον τρέφω Id.OT 356
(so in Pl.,τ. ἰσχυρὸν τὸ ἐλεινόν R. 606b
);τ. νόσον S. Ph. 795
;ἐκ φόβου φόβον τ. Id.Tr.28
; (lyr.); οἵας λατρείας.. τρέφει what services.. she has as her lot, ib. 503; ἐν ἐλπίσιν τρέφω.. ἥξειν I cherish hopes that.., Id.Ant. 897; τὸν Καδμογενῆ τρέφει.. βιότου πολύπονον [πέλαγος] is his daily lot, Id.Tr. 117 (lyr., but Reiske's cj. στρέφει is prob.);πόνοι τρέφοντες βροτούς E.Hipp. 367
(lyr.).III maintain, support,τ. ἀνδρὸς μόχθος ἡμένας ἔσω A.Ch. 921
, cf. Pi.O.9.106; ;τ. τὸν πατέρα Aeschin.1.13
;τὴν οἰκίαν ὅλην D.59.67
; ;τὰ κτήνη χιλῷ ἐτρέφοντο X.An.4.5.25
; γάλακτι, τυρῷ, κρέασι τ., Id.Mem. 4.3.10; σίτῳ, ὄψῳ, Id.Lac.1.3; feed a patient, Gal.15.503, 19.185; provide the food for an employee, σοῦ τρέφοντος αὐτόν, ἐμοῦ δὲ ἱματίζοντος (ii A. D.); alsoτ. ἀπό τινος Pl.Prt. 313c
, X.HG2.1.1; (lyr.), cf. Pl.R. 372b.2 maintain an army or fleet, Th.4.83, X.An.1.1.9 ([voice] Pass.);τ. τὰς ναῦς Th. 8.44
, X.HG1.5.5, 5.1.24; τ. τὸ ναυτικὸν ἀπὸ τῶν νήσων ib.4.8.9;ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν τρέφεσθαι Id.An.7.4.11
, etc.3 of land, feed, maintain one,τρέφει γὰρ οὗτος [ὁ ἀγρὸς].. με Philem.98.2
, cf. Men.63, 466, al.4 of women, feed or suckle an infant, ; γυνὴ τρέφουσα ib.87; ἡ τρέφουσα, = ἡ τροφός, Gal.6.44.5 of food, nourish,τὰ Ἡρακλεωτικὰ τρέφει οὐχ ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀμυγδάλοις Diocl.Fr.126
, cf. 117;ἡ οὐκ ἐπιτηδείως τῷ σώματι διδομένη τροφὴ οὐ τρέφει Sor.1.49
;πυρῶν.. ὅσοι κοῦφοι.. ἧττον τρέφουσι Gal.Vict.Att 6
;τὸ δέρμα πᾶν αὐτοῖς ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ φλεγματ ώδους αἵματος τρεφόμενον οἰδαλέον γίνεται Id.18(2).118
, cf. 106.IV bring up, rear, educate, Hes.Fr.19, Pi.N.3.53, etc.;τῷ λόγῳ τ. καὶ παιδεύεις Pl.R. 534d
;θρέψαι καὶ παιδεῦσαι D.59.18
; ; ἡ θρέψασα (sc. γῆ ) the motherland, Lycurg. 47:—[voice] Med., ; ἡ θρεψαμένη one's motherland, Lycurg.85:—[voice] Pass., ὀρθῶς, εὖ τραφῆναι, Pl. R. 401e, Alc.1.120e; παιδείᾳ, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ παιδείᾳ τ., Id.Lg.695c, X. Cyn.1.16;ἐν πολυτρόποις ξυμφοραῖς Th.2.44
;ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ Pl.Tht. 172c
;ἐν χλιδῇ X.Cyr.4.5.54
;ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ Pl.Tht. 175d
, Mx. 239a;ἐν ἄλλοις νόμοις Arist.Pol. 1327a14
;ἐν φωνῇ βαρβάρῳ Pl.Prt. 341c
;πάσαις Μούσαισι BCH50.444
(Thespiae, iv A. D.).V the [voice] Pass. sts. came to mean little more than to be, ἐπ' ἐμοὶ πολέμιον ἐτράφη (sc. τὸ γένος) Ar.Av. 335 (lyr.), cf. Th. 141, S.OC 805.B Hom. uses an intr. [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Act. ἔτραφον in pass. sense (which is to τρέφομαι, τέτροφα (intr.) as ἔδρακον to δέρκομαι, δέδορκα, etc.),ὃς.. ἔτραφ' ἄριστος Il.21.279
; ; τραφέμεν ([dialect] Ep. for τραφεῖν) 7.199, Od.3.28, al.; ἐπεὶ τράφ' ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ, i. e. when he was well-grown, Il.2.661:—as trans. the [tense] aor. 2 is used by Hom. only in Il.23.90, and τράφε in Pi.N.3.53 is [dialect] Dor. [tense] impf.:— ἐτράφην is perh. post-Homeric; [ per.] 3sg. τράφη is v. l. in Il.2.661, [ per.] 1pl. ἐτράφημεν and [ per.] 1sg. ἐτράφην ([etym.] περ) vv. ll. in 23.84; τράφη is in all codd. of 3.201, 11.222, which should prob. be emended from 2.661; [ per.] 3pl.ἔτραφεν 23.348
(v.l. ἔτραφον), Od.10.417 (v.l. ἔτραφον) ; τράφεν in all codd. of Il.1.251, 266, Od.14.201, also (with v. l. τράφον ) in 4.723: the vox nihili ἐτράφεμεν, found in Il.23.84 as cited by Aeschin.1.149, was emended by Scaliger to ἐτράφομεν:—the redupl. [ per.] 3sg.τέτραφ' Il.21.279
, [ per.] 3pl.τέτραφεν 23.348
, are ff. ll., though found in many codd. Later this [tense] aor. became obsolete, except in [dialect] Ep. imitators, as in Call.Jov.55, Opp.H.1.774. -
11 δημοικός
A of or for the people, in common use, δ. γράμματα in Egypt, opp. ἱρά, Hdt.2.36;οἶνος Plu.Mar.44
; of opinions and the like , popular,Arist.
Metaph. 989a11; common, ordinary,ὀνόματα Luc. Hist.Conscr.22
;ὕλη Max.Tyr.10.7
;πράγματα μικρὰ καὶ δ. Plu.2.408c
.II of the populace, one of them, D.21.209. Adv.-κῶς, ἐσταλμένος Luc.Scyth.5
.2 on the popular or democratic side,τὸ σόφισμα δ. Ar.Nu. 205
;ὄρνεα δ. Id.Av. 1584
;τὴν οὐ δ. παρανομίαν Th.6.28
; opp. ὀλιγαρχικός, Isoc.16.37;λέγεις πόσα δεῖ προσεῖναι τῷ δ. D.18.122
; οὐδὲν δ. πράττειν to do nothing for the people, X.HG2.3.39;δ. συκοφάνται Isoc.8.133
: generally, popular,δ. καὶ φιλάνθρωπος X.Mem.1.2.60
;τῶν μετρίων τινὰ καὶ δ. D.21.183
;δημοτικὸν τοῦτο δρᾷ Antiph.190.19
: hence, generous, kindly, affable, X.Mem.1.2.60;δ. τι καὶ πρᾶον Pl.Euthd. 303d
;πρᾶός τις καὶ δ. Plb. 10.26.1
;δ. καὶ φιλάνθρωπα Plu.Oth.1
. Adv. - κῶς affably, kindly,καλῶς καὶ δ. D.24.59
; φιλανθρώπως καὶ δ. ib.24: [comp] Comp.- ώτερον Plu. Demetr.42
.3 of governments, popular, democratic, : [comp] Comp.- ώτερα Id.Ath.22.1
.4 δ. δικαστήριον trying suits between citizens, SIG286.17 (Milet., iv B. C.).Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δημοικός
-
12 πρότερος
A [comp] Comp. [full] πρότερος, α, ον,I of Place, before, in front, π. πόδες the fore-feet, Od.19.228; π. ἵπποι horses in front, B.5.43:— but mostly,II of Time, former, earlier,ἄνδρες Il.21.405
;ἄνθρωποι 5.637
, 23.332; οἱ π. men of former times, 4.308 (rarely without Art., A.Ag. 1338 (anap.), etc.);οὗτος δὲ προτέρης γενεῆς π. τ' ἀνθρώπων Il.23.790
: also, older, opp. ὁπλότερος, 2.707, etc.; γενεῇ π. 15.182; but παῖδες π. children by the first or a former marriage, Od.15.22;παῖδες ἐκ τῆς π. γυναικός Hdt.7.2
; τῇ προτέρῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ) on the day before, Od.16.50; ἠοῖ τῇ π. Il.13.794 (in Prose more freq. τῇ προτεραίᾳ, cf. προτεραῖος); τοῦ π. ἐνιαυτοῦ the year before, IG12.352.11; τοῖς π. Παναθηναίοις the preceding P., ib.57.8; τὰ π. what has preceded, Plot.3.2.8:—freq. used predicatively, sts. where we should expect the Adv. (which is never used by Hom.),ὅ με π. κάκ' ἔοργε Il.
3.351, cf. 16.569, Hes.Op. 708, etc.;σπονδὰς οὐ λύσετε πρότεροι Th.1.123
; οἱ π. ἐπιόντες ibid.;τοῖς π. μετὰ Κύρου ἀναβᾶσι X.An.1.4.12
, cf. IG22.1.7;εἰ μὴ π. ἑωράκη αὐτὸν ἢ ἐκεῖνος ἐμέ Pl.R. 336d
, cf. 432c, etc.;ὅτι εἴη π. ὑπὸ ἐκείνων ἠδικημένος
PCair.Zēn.288.9
(iii B.C.).2 as regular [comp] Comp., c. gen.,ἐμέο πρότερος Il.10.124
;π. τούτων Hdt.1.168
, cf. Pl.Phd. 86b, Hp.Ma. 282d;τὰς γυναῖκας μὴ ἀπιέναι προτέρας τῶν ἀνδρῶν IG12(5).593.19
(Iulis, v B.C.); τῇ π. ἡμέρᾳ τῆς τροπῆς the day before.., Arist.Pol. 1316a16;προτέρᾳ εἰδυῶν Ὀκτωμβρίων IG7.2225.14
(Thisbe, Senatus Consultum, ii B.C.); τῷ π. ἔτει Παναθηναίων τῶν μεγάλων ib.22.212.27;τῷ π. ἔτει τῆς ἥττης Plb.2.43.6
: folld. by ἤ, τῷ προτέρῳ ἔτεϊ ἢ τὸν κρητῆρα [ἐληΐσαντο] Hdt.3.47.III of Rank, Worth, and generally of Precedence, superior, τῷ γένει, τῇ δυνάμει, Is.1.17, D.3.15; π. τινὸς πρός τι superior to him in.., Pl.La. 183b; π. τι ἄγειν, π. ποιήσασθαι τὰ σὰ πράγματα, Lib.Or.58.36,52.1.IV after Hom., neut. πρότερον freq. as Adv., before, earlier, Pi.O.13.31, Hdt.4.45, IG12.374.265, etc.; ὀλίγον π. Pl.Prt. 317e: c. gen.,π. φήμης A.Th. 866
(anap.);ὀλίγῳ τι π. τούτων Hdt.8.95
; πολλοῖσι ἔτεσι π. τούτων ib.96;ἐνιαυτῷ π. τῆς ἁλώσεως D.9.60
; also πρὸ τῶν Περσικῶν δέκα ἔτεσι π. Pl.Lg. 642d, cf. Criti. 112a; τούτου π. Paus.1.1.2: most freq. folld. byἤ, π. ἢ κατὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν Pl.Sph. 264b
; alsoμὴ π. ἀπαναστῆναι ἢ ἐξέλωσι Hdt.9.87
, cf. 7.54, Antipho 2.1.2, Th.7.63, etc.: with inf.,π. ἢ βασιλεῦσαι Hdt.7.2
, cf. Th.1.69, etc.: folld. by πρίν, Hdt.1.82; by πρὶν ἄν, ib. 140; by πρὶν ἤ with vb. in Indic., Id.6.45, 8.8, or Subj., 7.8.β (v.l. πρὶν ἂν ἢ), 9.93; alsoοὐ π. εἰ μὴ.. Plu.Lys.10
, etc.; οὐ π. ἕως.. , or ἕως ἂν.., Lys.12.71, Ath.14.640c;μὴ π., ἀλλ' ὅταν.. Plb.9.13.3
: also used with the Art., τὸ π. Pl.R. 522a, X.An.4.4.14, etc. ( τὸ π., also, for the first time, Ep. Gal.4.13): c. gen.,τὸ π. τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων Hdt.2.144
: the Adv. is freq. put between Art. and Subst.,ὁ π. βασιλεύς Id.1.84
;τὰ π. ἀδικήματα Id.6.87
;αἱ π. ἁμαρτίαι Ar.Eq. 1355
, etc.I as Adj.,1 of Place, foremost,πρώτοισιν ἐνὶ προμάχοισι μιγέντα Od.18.379
; ἐν πρώτοις, μετὰ πρώτοισι alone, Il.19.424, 11.64; πρώτῃ ἐν ὑσμίνῃ, ἐνὶ πρώτῳ ὁμάδῳ, 15.340, 17.380; τῆς πρώτης τάττειν (sc. τάξεως) Isoc. 12.180, cf. Lys.16.15, etc.; ἐν π. ῥυμῷ at the front or end of the pole, Il.6.40, 16.371; πρώτῃσι θύρῃσιν at the outermost doors, 22.66; π. ξύλον the front bench, Ar.Ach.25, Poll.4.121, etc.; οἱ π. πόδες, like πρόσθιοι, Id.1.193.2 of Time, στάντα πρὸς π. ἕω looking towards first dawn, S.OC 477;περὶ π. νύκτα Poll.1.70
.3 of Order, serving as ordinal to εἷς, ἄεθλα θῆκε.. τῷ πρώτῳ· ἀτὰρ αὖ τῷ δευτέρῳ.., αὐτὰρ τῷ τριτάτῳ.., κτλ., Il.23.265, cf. 6.179; opp. ὕστατος, 2.281, 5.703, etc.; opp. τελευταῖος, A.Ag. 314; opp. τανύστατος, Od. 9.449;πρῶτοι πάντων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.2.2
;τὰ π. τῶν ὀνομάτων Pl.Cra. 421d
;τῇ π. τῶν ἡμερέων Hdt.7.168
, etc.;π. ἄξων IG12.115.10
; ἐπὶ τοῦ π. [ἱερείου] first-offered, X.An.4.3.9; ἐν τοῖς π. λόγοις in the earlier books, Arist.Ph. 263a11, al.; ἐν πρώτοις among the first, Is.7.40; hence, above all, especially, Hdt.8.69, Pl.R. 522c; in [dialect] Att., ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό A.
VIII. 6):—freq. used predicatively of being the first to do something,Νέστωρ πρῶτος κτύπον ἄϊε Il.10.532
;πρῶτος ἀνατέλλει Eratosth.Cal.42
;εἴθε π. σοι ἐνέτυχον Luc.Tyr.21
.b Philos., first in order of existence, primary,αἱ π. οὐσίαι Arist.Cat. 2b26
, cf. Metaph. 1032b2; π. ὕλη, π. φιλοσοφία, ib. 1015a7, 1061b19; primitive, simple, οἰκία π., ἡ π. πόλις, Id.Pol. 1252b10, 1291a17; ἡ π. κοινωνία ib. 1257a19; ἡ π. ὀλιγαρχία ib. 1293a14; ὁ π. συλλογισμός normal, typical, Id.Rh. 1357a17; τὰ π. σώματα, μόρια,= τὰ ὁμοιομερῆ, Gal.5.673,674; πρῶτα κατὰ φύσιν, e.g. health, perception, Stoic.3.34; τὰ π. πάθη ib.92; αἱ π. ἀρεταί ib.64.c Math., πρῶτοι ἀριθμοί prime numbers, Euc.7 Def.11,12; but also, first numbers (= 1 to 100,000,000) in the notation of Archim., Aren.3.2.d πρῶτος is sts. used where we should expectπρότερος, Αἰνείας δὲ πρῶτος ἀκόντισεν Il.13.502
, cf. 18.92: in late Greek folld. by gen.,πρῶτός μου ἦν Ev.Jo.1.15
,30, cf. 15.18;οἱ πρῶτοί μου ταῦτα ἀνιχνεύσαντες Ael.NA 8.12
;πρώτη εὕρηται ἡ περὶ τοὺς πόδας κίνησις τῆς διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Ath. 14.630c
; , 4.404; ἀλόχου πρῶτος before his wife, IG12(5).590.5 (vi (?) A.D.).4 of Rank or Dignity, μετὰ πρώτοισιν among the first men of the state, Od.6.60, etc.;νομίσαντες πρῶτοι ἂν εἶναι Th.6.28
; διαβάλλειν τοὺς π. X.An.2.6.26, cf. Arist.Pol. 1266a18;αἱ π. πόλεις Th. 2.8
;ὁ π. ἄρχων IG12(3).481.10
([place name] Thera), CIG 2837 ([place name] Aphrodisias); ὁ π. τῆς πόλεως, as a title, IG12(5).292.2 ([place name] Paros);ὁ π. τῆς νήσου Act.Ap.28.7
; τῶν π. φίλων, title at the Ptolemaic court, PTeb.31.15 (ii B.C.), etc.; τῶν π., as military title, PHib.1.110.72 (iii B.C.), PPetr.3p.23 (iii B.C.), PTeb. 815 Fr.4.23,al.(iii B.C.): c. gen.,ἐν πρώτοισι Μυκηναίων Il.15.643
;οἱ π. στρατοῦ S.Ph. 1305
, cf. E.Hec. 304, etc.: c. dat. modi, ἀρετῇ π., οἱ π. καὶ χρήμασι καὶ γένει, πλούτῳ π. τῶν Ἑλλήνων, etc., S.Ph. 1425, Th.3.65, Isoc.16.31, etc.;π. ἐν συμφοραῖς βίου S.OT33
.II as Subst. in neut. pl. πρῶτα, τά,1 (sc. ἆθλα), first prize,τὰ π. λαβών Il.23.275
;τὰ π. δόρει κρατύνων S.OC 1313
;ἔχειν πρῶτα κυναγεσίας AP6.118
(Antip.);τὰ π. φέρεσθαι D.C.42.57
, etc.2 first part, beginning, τῆς Ἰλιάδος τὰ π. Pl.R. 392e; ἐν τοῖς π. Id.Smp. 221d;τὸ π. τοῦ ᾄσματος Id.Prt. 343c
.3 first, highest, in degree, τὰ π. τᾶς λιμῶ ([dialect] Dor. ) the extremities of famine, Ar.Ach. 743 (nisi leg. ἄπρατα); ἐχέτωσαν τὰ π. τῆς εὐδαιμονίας Luc.Cont.10
;ἐς τὰ π. τιμᾶσθαι Th.3.39
, cf. 56; φρενῶν ἐς τὰ ἐμεωυτοῦ π. οὔκω ἀνήκω I have not yet come to the highest development of my judgment, Hdt.7.13, cf. D.C.38.22; of persons, ἐὼν τῶν Ἐρετριέων τὰ π. Hdt. 6.100; Λάμπων.. Αἰγινητέων < ἐὼν> τὰ π. Id.9.78, cf. E.Med. 917; ἐστὶν τὰ π. τῆς ἐκεῖ μοχθηρίας (of a person) Ar.Ra. 421.4 Philos., primary things, elements, Emp.38.1, Arist.GC 335a29;τὰ π. αἴτια Id.Mete. 338a20
; alsoτὸ π. ἐνυπάρχον ἑκάστῳ Id.Ph. 193a10
.5 in Logic, the first undemonstrable propositions, on which all future conclusions rest, Id.Top. 100b18;τὰ π. ἀναπόδεικτα Id.APo. 71b26
.III in Adverbial phrases,1 τὴν πρώτην (sc. ὥραν, ὁδόν) first, for the present, just now, Hdt.3.134, Ar. Th. 662, D.3.2, Arist.Metaph. 1038a35, etc.;τὴν πρώτην εἶναι Hdt.1.153
.2 with Preps., ἀπὸ πρώτης (sc. ἀρχῆς) Antipho 5.56, Th.1.77;ἀπὸ τῆς π. εὐθύς Luc.Hist.Conscr.1
; ἐκ π. Babr.45.14;κατὰ πρώτας Pl.Plt. 292b
, D.C.52.19;κατὰ τὴν π. εὐθύς Id.62.3
; παρὰ τὴν π. the first time, opp. ἐπὶ τῆς δευτέρας, Philostr.VA 1.22.3 freq. as Adv. in neut. sg. and pl., πρῶτον, πρῶτα,a first, in the first place, πρῶτόν τε καὶ ὕστατον (vulg. ὕστερον) Hes.Th. 34;π. μὲν.., δεύτερον αὖ.., τὸ τρίτον αὖ.. Il.6.179
; τί π. τοι ἔπειτα, τί δ' ὑστάτιον καταλέξω; Od.9.14;Κύπριδα μὲν πρῶτα.., αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ'.. Il.5.458
;οὐρῆας μὲν π. ἐπῴχετο.., αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα.. 1.50
;π. μὲν.., ἔπειτα δὲ.. S.OC 632
, X.Cyr.2.1.2,23, An.5.6.7-8, Hier.11.8, etc.;π. μὲν.., ἔπειτα.. Pl.Phd. 89a
, etc.;π. μὲν.., ἔπειτα δεύτερον.., τρίτον δὲ.. Aeschin.1.7
;π. μὲν.., εἶτα.. Pl.Phlb. 15b
;π. μὲν.., εἶτα δὲ.. X. An.1.2.16
;π. μὲν.., εἶτα.., ἔτι δὲ.. Id.Mem.1.2.1
;π. μὲν..,.. δὲ αὖ.. Pl.Lg. 935a
;π. μὲν.., ἔτι δὲ.. Lys.4.10
, etc.;π. μὲν.., ἔτι τοίνυν.. D.44.57
; freq. answered only by δέ, Id.9.48, etc.; sts. the answering clause must be supplied, A.Ag. 810, D.7.7, etc.: alsoπρῶτον μὲν.. δεύτερον μήν.. Pl.Phlb. 66a
: alsoπρῶτα μὲν.., ἔπειτα.. S.Tr. 616
, Ar.Pl. 728;πρῶτα μὲν.., ἔπειτα.., εἶτα.. E.Med. 548
;πρῶτα μὲν..,.. δὲ.. A.Pr. 447
; πρῶτα μὲν.., ἔπειτα δὲ.. X HG7.1.7, cf. S. Ph. 919; ἐπεί σε πρῶτα κιχάνω since my first meeting is with you, Od. 13.228, cf. 7.53, Il.8.274: also τὸ πρῶτον, first, in the first place, at the beginning,ὡς τὸ π. ὑπέστην καὶ κατένευσα 4.267
;οὕνεκά σ' οὐ τὸ π., ἐπεὶ ἴδον, ὧδ' ἀγάπησα Od.23.214
. cf. Il.3.443, 6.345, Pi.P.9.41, N.3.49; τὸ μὲν οὖν π. Pl.Prt. 333d, etc.; τὸ π..., μετὰ ταῦτα..D 1.12: also τὰ π., Il.1.6, Od.1.257, etc.;πόντῳ μὲν τὰ π..., αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα.. Il.4.424
;τὰ π. μὲν.., ὡς δὲ.. A.Pers. 412
;τὰ π..., τέλος δὲ.. S.Fr.149.5
, cf. 966.b too early, before the time, ἦ τ' ἄρα καὶ σοὶ πρῶτα (v.l. for πρωΐ)παραστήσεσθαι ἔμελλε Μοῖρ' ὀλοή Od.24.28
.c = πρότερον, before,ἢν.. πρῶτον ἀπόλωμαι κακῶς Ar.Ec. 1079
;π. οὐδ' ὑφ' ἑνὸς.. κρατηθέντες X.HG5.4.1
; θάλασσα π. ἦν ἢ γενέσθαι γῆν v.l. in Heraclit.31;λόγῳ π. ἢ τοῖς ἔργοις Arist.Rh.Al. 1420b28
;οὐ π. αὐτὴν ἀπέκτειναν πρὶν ἢ ἀπεκύησεν Ael.VH5.18
;π. συμμελετᾶν ἢ μελετᾶν μαθέτω AP12.206
(Strat.).d first, for the first time,οὐ.. νῦν πρῶτα ποδώκεος ἄντ' Ἀχιλῆος στήσομαι Il.20.89
;οὐ νῦν πρῶτον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάλαι S.Ph. 966
;ἐνταῦθα πρῶτον ἔφαγον X.An.2.3.16
.e πρῶτον, πρῶτα are used after the relat. Pron. and after relat.Advbs., like Engl. once (= at all),οὐδ' ἐνοσίχθων λήθετ' ἀπειλάων, τὰς.. Ὀδυσῆϊ π. ἐπηπείλησε Od.13.127
, cf. 3.320, 10.328, 13.133, Il. 1.319, 19.136; μοῖραν δ' οὔ τινά φημι πεφυγμένον ἔμμεναι ἀνδρῶν.. ἐπὴν τὰ π. γένηται when once he is born, 6.489, cf. Od.3.183, 4.13, 414;οὔτε.. Λυκίους ἐδύναντο τείχεος ἂψ ὤσασθαι, ἐπεὶ τὰ π. πέλασθεν Il.12.420
, cf. Od.11.106, 221; also ἐπεὶ τὸ (or τὰ) π. now that.., ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ οὖν τὸ π. ἀνέκραγον, οὐκ ἐπικεύσω now that I have spoken up, 14.467;τὸ μὲν οὔ ποτε φύλλα καὶ ὄζους φύσει, ἐπεὶ δὴ πρῶτα τομὴν ἐν ὄρεσσι λέλοιπε Il.1.235
, cf. 276, 19.9: c. part., τῷ ῥ' Αἴας τὸ π. ἐφεζόμενος μέγ' ἀάσθη (the rock) on which once seatedA blasphemed, Od.4.509: the sense as soon as is never necessary in Hom., but is possible in Od.4.414, 19.355; δινέμεν εὖτ' ἂν πρῶτα φανῇ σθένος Ὠαρίωνος when once (or perh., as soon as), Hes.Op. 598; ὅπως τις πρῶτα γένοιτο πάντας ἀποκρύπτεσκε as soon as each was born, Id.Th. 156; ὡς τὸ π. X.An.7.8.14;τότ' εὐθὺς.., ὅτε πρῶτον εἶδον D.18.141
; αὖθίς με ἀνερέσθαι ὅταν ἐντύχῃς πρῶτον the first time you meet me, Pl.Ly. 211b;ἐὰν μάθω γε πρῶτον.. τί λέγεις Id.R. 338c
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρότερος
-
13 ὑπόκειμαι
ὑπόκειμαι, used as [voice] Pass. of ὑποτίθημι, [tense] fut. ὑποκείσομαι Pi.O.1.85, etc., but [tense] aor. ὑπετέθην:—A lie under,ὑπὸ δὲ ξύλα κεῖται Il.21.364
;θεμέλιοι ὑ. Th.1.93
;τὸν μηρὸν ὑποκείμενον ἔχειν Arist.IA 712b32
, cf. PA 686a13, 689b18: c. dat.,τοιαύτης τῆς κρηπῖδος ὑποκειμένης ταῖς πολιτείαις Pl.Plt. 301e
: τὰ ὑποκείμενα, opp. τὰ ὑπερκείμενα, Sor.1.8.2 of places, lie close to,ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑπὸ τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc. 4.108
;ὑ. τὸ πεδίον τῷ ἱερῷ Aeschin.3.118
;λόφος ὑποκείμενος τοῖς Σιννάκοις Plu.Crass.29
;τὸ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὑποκεῖσθαι πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν τόπον Arist.Mete. 364a7
, cf.Pr. 941b39;<τὰ> πρὸς βορρᾶν καὶ ἄρκτον ὑποκείμενα μέρη τῶν ὀρέων Gp.2.5.1
; τὰ ὑποκείμενα ἐδάφη the adjacent soil, D.S.3.50; ἡ-κειμένη χώρα the adjacent country, ibid. (but, the adjacent low lands, Id.2.37, Plu.Sert.17);ὄρος ὑπόκειται Plb.5.59.4
codd. ( ἐπίκ- Schweigh.);ὁ ὑποκείμενος ποταμός Id.3.74.2
; ὑποκεῖσθαι πρὸς τὴν ο?ὑπόκειμαιXψιν to be presented to the sight, Demetr.Lac.Herc.1013.17.3 to be given below in the text,κατὰ τὴν.. συγγραφήν, ἧς τὸ ἀντίγραφον ὑπόκειται PCair.Zen.355.122
(iii B. C.); γράψον.. τοὺς χαρακτῆρας ὡς ὑπόκειται as below, PMag.Par.1.408; λέγε τὸν λόγον τὸν ὑποκείμενον ib.230; ὡς ὑπόκειται as below, Sammelb.5231.11 (i A. D.), etc.; also, as set forth, PKlein.Form.78 (v/vi A. D.).II in various metaph. senses,1 to be established, set before one (by oneself or another) as an aim or principle, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος ἄεθλος ὑποκείσεται shall be my appointed task, Pi. l. c.; δυοῖν ὑποκειμένοιν ὀνομάτοιν two phrases being prescribed, having legal sanction, D.23.36; ὑπόκειται πρῶτον μὲν διωμοσία, δεύτερον δὲ λόγος the prescribed course is.., ib.71; μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων to abide by one's resolves, Plb.1.19.6, 2.51.1;μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς ὑ. γνώμης Id.1.40.5
; ἐμοὶ ὑπόκειται ὅτι .. for me it is a fixed principle that.., Hdt.2.123, cf. Arist.Oec. 1343b9;νομίζω συμφέρειν.. τοῦθ' ὑποκεῖσθαι D.14.3
; τῶν πραγμάτων ἐν οἷς τὰ ὑποκείμενα διαφέρει τῷ εἴδει things of which the principles differ in kind, Arist.Pol. 1275a35; τὰς ὑποκειμένας μοίρας τξ the conventional 3600, Ptol.Alm.5.1.2 to be assumed as a hypothesis (cf.ὑπόθεσις 111
), Pl.Cra. 436d, al.; ὑπέκειτο μὴ οἷόν τε εἶναι .. Id.Erx. 404b;τούτων ὑποκειμένων Id.Prt. 359a
, R. 478e; τὴν ἐκ τῶν -κειμένων ἀρίστην [πολιτείαν] the best (possible) in the circumstances, opp. to τὴν κρατίστην ἁπλῶς and to τὴν ἐξ ὑποθέσεως, Arist. Pol. 1288b26; let it be taken for granted,Id.
EN 1103b32, cf. 1129a11, al., Gal.15.175; ὑποκείσθω ὅτι .. let it be taken for granted that.., Arist.Pol. 1323b40;ὑ. εἶναι τὴν ἡδονὴν κίνησιν Id.Rh. 1369b33
: so with a nom., ὑ. ἡ ἀρετὴ εἶναι .. Id.EN 1104b27, cf. Rh. 1357a11: c. part.,τοιόνδε ζῷον ὑ. ὄν Id.GA 778b17
: without any Verb, ἡ τοῦ δέρματος φύσις ὑ. γεώδης (sc. εἶναι or οὖσα) ib. 782a29, etc.: cf. ὑποτίθημι IV. 1.4 to be in prospect, ; ; παρ' ὑμῖν ὀργὴ μεγάλη καὶ τιμωρία ὑπόκειται τοῖς τὰ ψευδῆ μαρτυροῦσι is reserved for them, Id.34.19, cf. Lycurg.130; δυοῖν κινδύνοιν -κειμένοιν ibid.;ὁρᾶν τὸν θάνατον ὑποκείμενον PPetr.3p.73
(iii B. C.); (iii B. C.);τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς μηθὲν ἀσεβὲς ἐπιτελεσαμένοις κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ πολέμου νόμους ὑπόκειται παθεῖν Plb.2.58.10
.5 to be subject to, submit to,τῷ ἄρχοντι Pl.Grg. 510c
;βασιλεῖ Philostr. VA3.20
;πατράσιν POxy. 237 vii 16
(ii A. D.);ἐξετάσεσιν PFlor.33.14
(iv A. D.);βασάνοις POxy.58.25
(iii A. D.): abs., pay court to one, ; τῷ λόγῳ to be captivated by the story, Philostr.VA6.14; subdued,Id.
VS2.4.2.6 to be subject to, liable to a penalty, Supp.Epigr.6.424, cf. 415,421, al. ([place name] Iconium), PLond.1.77.53 (vi A. D.): also c. acc.,ὑποκείσεται τῷ φίσκῳ δηνάρια πεντακόσια Rev.Phil.36.61
([place name] Iconium).7 to be pledged or mortgaged, c. gen., for a certain sum, Is.6.33, D.49.11,35;ναῦς ὑποκειμένη ἡμῖν Id.56.4
; τὰ ὑποκείμενα the articles pledged, Syngr. ap.D.35.12; the mortgaged property, SIG1044.28 (Halic., iv/iii B. C.);ἐνέχυρα-κείμενα IG12(7).58
([place name] Amorgos); ὑποκείμενοι, of slaves pledged for a sum of money, D.27.9.b of payments, to have been granted or allocated, ἀποφαίνουσιν ὑποκεῖσθαι ἐν τῇ γραφῇ τῶν εἰς τὰ ἱερὰ (sc. ὑποκειμένων)δίδοσθαι κτλ. UPZ21.4
(ii B. C.), cf. 23.21 (ii B. C.), BGU 1197.4, 1200.28 (both i B. C.): Subst. ὑποκείμενα, τά, = φιλάνθρωπα, salary ( ear-marked proceeds of taxes),τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντά μοι ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὑ. PLond.2.357.9
, cf. 5 (i A. D.);ὑ. αἰτεῖ ἀπὸ τῶν κωμῶν BGU23.12
(ii/iii A. D.), cf. OGI665.19,26 (Egypt, i A. D.): c. dat., as part of name of specific taxes,ὑ. βασιλικῇ γραμματείᾳ
ear-marked for the benefit of..,PPar.
17.22 (ii A. D.);ὑ. τοπογραμματείᾳ PSI1.101.18
(ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1436.23 (ii A. D.), etc.: also in sg.,ὑποκείμενον ἐπιστρατηγία BGU 199.14
(ii A. D.), cf. PFlor.375.22 (ii A. D.), etc.: also c. gen.,ὑ. ἐννομίου PRyl.213.72
, al. (ii A. D.); τοπαρχίας ib.73, etc.8 in Philosophy, to underlie, as the foundation in which something else inheres, to be implied or presupposed by something else,ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὀνομάτων.. ὑ. τις ἴδιος οὐσία Pl.Prt. 349b
, cf. Cra. 422d, R. 581c, Ti.Locr.97e: τὸ ὑποκείμενον has three main applications: (1) to the matter which underlies the form, opp. εἶδος, ἐντελέχεια, Arist.Metaph. 983a30; (2) to the substance (matter + form) which underlies the accidents, opp. πάθη, συμβεβηκότα, Id.Cat. 1a20,27, Metaph. 1037b16, 983b16; (3) to the logical subject to which attributes are ascribed, opp. τὸ κατηγορούμενον, Id.Cat. 1b10,21, Ph. 189a31: applications (1 ) and (2 ) are distinguished in Id.Metaph. 1038b5, 1029a1-5, 1042a26-31: τὸ ὑ. is occasionally used of what underlies or is presupposed in some other way, e. g. of the positive termini presupposed by change, Id.Ph. 225a3-7.b exist, τὸ ἐκτὸς ὑποκείμενον the external reality, Stoic.2.48, cf. Epicur.Ep.1pp.12,24 U.;φῶς εἶναι τὸ χρῶμα τοῖς ὑ. ἐπιπῖπτον Aristarch.
Sam. ap. Placit.1.15.5;τὸ κρῖνον τί τε φαίνεται μόνον καὶ τί σὺν τῷ φαίνεσθαι ἔτι καὶ κατ' ἀλήθειαν ὑπόκειται S.E.M.7.143
, cf. 83,90,91, 10.240; = ὑπάρχω, τὰ ὑποκείμενα πράγματα the existing state of affairs, Plb.11.28.2, cf. 11.29.1, 15.8.11,13, 3.31.6, Eun.VSp.474 B.;Τίτος ἐξ ὑποκειμένων ἐνίκα, χρώμενος ὁπλις μοῖς καὶ τάξεσιν αἷς παρέλαβε Plu.Comp.Phil.Flam.2
;τῆς αὐτῆς δυνάμεως ὑποκειμένης Id.2.336b
;ἐχομένου τοῦ προσιόντος λόγου ὡς πρὸς τὸν ὑποκείμενον A.D.Synt.122.17
.c ὁ ὑ. ἐνιαυτός the year in question, D.S.11.75; οἱ ὑ. καιροί the time in question, Id.16.40, Plb.2.63.6, cf. Plu.Comp.Sol.Publ.4; τοῦ ὑ. μηνός the current month, PTeb.14.14 (ii B. C.), al.; ἐκ τοῦ ὑ. φόρου in return for a reduction from the said rent, PCair.Zen.649.18 (iii B. C.); πρὸς τὸ ὑ. νόει according to the context, Gp.6.11.7.9 in logical arrangement, to be subject or subordinate,τῇ.. ἰατρικῇ.. ἡ ὀψοποιικὴ.. ὑ. Pl. Grg. 465b
;ὁ τὴν καθόλου ἐπιστήμην ἔχων οἶδέ πως πάντα τὰ ὑποκείμενα Arist.Metaph. 982a23
, cf. APo. 91a11;ἑκάστη [τέχνη] περὶ τὸ αὐτῇ ὑ. ἐστι διδασκαλική Id.Rh. 1355b28
.b ἡ ὑ. ὕλη the subject-matter of a science or treatise, Id.EN 1094b12, 1098a28, Phld.Po.Herc.1676.3 (pl.); τὸ ὑ. the part affected by a disease, Plb.1.81.6.III trans., = ὑποτέθειμαι, I have appended,ὧν τὸ καθ' ἓν ὑπόκειμαι PTeb. 140
(i B. C.); cf. παράκειμαι ([place name] Addenda).Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπόκειμαι
-
14 ἐρύω
ἐρύω (A), Il.4.467, al., [dialect] Ion. [full] εἰρύω, [dialect] Dor. [full] ϝερύω (v. infr.): [dialect] Ep. inf. εἰρύμεναι [pron. full] [ῠ] Hes.Op. 818: [tense] impf.Aεἴρυον Mosch.2.14
,ἔρυον Il.12.258
,ἐρύεσκον Nonn.D.43.50
: [tense] fut.ἐρύω Il.11.454
, al.,ἐρύσω Opp.H.5.375
; [dialect] Ep.ἐρύσσω Orph.L.35
, Nonn.D.17.183 : [tense] aor.εἴρῠσα Od.2.389
, Hdt. 2.136 (in Hdt. εἴρυσα takes the place of εἵλκυσα),ἔρῠσα Il.5.573
;εἴρυσσα 3.373
, Od.8.85 ; lengthd. ἐρύσασκε ([etym.] ἐξ-) Il.10.490; imper. (hex.), [dialect] Dor. ϝερυσάτω (dub. sens.) BCH50.15 (Delphi, iv B.C.); subj.ἐρύσω Il.17.230
,εἰρύσω Hp.Morb.2.8
, etc.; [ per.] 2sg.ἐρύσσῃς Il.5.110
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. ἐρύσσομεν (for - ωμεν) 14.76, 17.635 ; opt.ἐρύσαιμι 8.21
, εἰρύσαιμι Timo 59 ; inf. ἐρύσαι, ἐρύσσαι, Il.17.419, 8.23,εἰρύσαι Hp. Morb.1.29
, ([etym.] δι-, ἐξ-) Hdt.7.24, 1.141 ; part.ἐρύσας Il.23.21
,ἐρύσαις Pi. N.7.67
,εἰρύσας Hdt.4.10
,ἐρύσσας A.R.3.913
.—[dialect] Ion., [dialect] Dor., and poet. Verb:—drag, draw, implying force or violence, νῆα..εἰς ἅλα, ἅλαδε, ἤπειρόνδε, Il.1.141, Od.2.389, 10.423 ; ἐπ' ἠπείροιο on land, 16.325, 359 ; [δόρυ] ἐ. ἐπ' ἄκρης, of the Trojan horse, 8.508 ; freq. of the dead, νεκρόν, νεκροὺς ἐ., of the friends, drag them away, rescue them, Il.5.573, 16.781 ; of the enemy, drag them off for plunder, ransom, etc., 4.467, al.; τρὶς ἐρύσας περὶ σῆμα (sc. Ἕκτορα) 24.16 ; of dogs and birds of prey, drag and tear,οἰωνοὶ ὠμησταὶ ἐρύουσι 11.454
, etc.; drag away, carry off violently, Od.9.99: c. gen. partit.,διὰ δώματ' ἐ...ἢ ποδὸς ἢ καὶ χειρός 17.479
; ἐ. τινὰ κουρίξ by the hair, 22.187 ; also, pull down, tear away,κρόσσας μὲν πύργων ἔρυον Il.12.258
, cf. 14.35.2 simply, draw, pull,δόρυ ἐξ ὠτειλῆς 16.863
;φάρμακον ἐκ γαίης Od.10.303
;ἐξ οὐρανόθεν πεδίονδε Ζῆν' Il.8.21
;κίον' ἀν' ὑψηλὴν ἐρύσαι Od.22.176
; φᾶρος..κὰκ κεφαλῆς εἴρυσσε drew it over his head, 8.85 ; ἄλλον μὲν χλαίνης ἐρύων, ἄλλον δὲ χιτῶνος pulling or plucking him by.., Il. 22.493 ; νευρὴν ἐπὶ τῷ ἐ. drawing the bowstring at him, 15.464 ;ἐ. τόξον Hdt.3.30
,4.10; εἴρυσον ἔγχος draw thy sword, S.Tr. 1033 (hex.); attract, absorb, [ ὑγρόν] Hp.Loc.Hom.14 : c. gen. partit.,τῆς χολῆς Id.Morb.1.29
; ἐπί τινι κλῆρον ἐ. draw lots for.., Call.Jov.62 ; ἐκ ποδὸς ἐ. to put aside, Pi.N.7.67 ; ὅππῃ ἐμὸν νόον εἰρύσαιμι Timol.c.; also πλίνθους εἰρύσαι make bricks, Hdt.2.136. (B) [voice] Med. [full] ἐρύομαι, [dialect] Ion. [full] εἰρύομαι [pron. full] [ῠ], [tense] fut. inf.Aἐρύεσθαι Il.14.422
, al., ἐρύσσεσθαι v.l. in Od.21.125, Il.21.176 : [tense] aor. 1εἰρύσσατο 22.306
,ἐρύσαντο 1.466
, etc.; subj.ἐρύσωμαι A.R.1.1204
; opt. ἐρύσαιο, -αίατο, Il.5.456, 298 ; inf.ἐρύσασθαι 22.351
; part.ἐρυσσάμενος 1.190
, εἰρυσάμενος (ἐπ-) Hdt.4.8:—draw for oneself, ἐρυσαίμεθα νῆας launch us ships, Il.14.79 ; [ἵππον] ἐς ἀκρόπολιν ἐ. Od.8.504
; ξίφος, ἄορ, μάχαιραν ἐρύεσθαι, draw one's sword, Il.4.530, 21.173, 3.271 ;ἄορ ἐκ κολεοῖο Theoc.22.191
;δόρυ ἐξ ὠτειλῆς εἰρυσάμην Od.10.165
; of meat on the spit, ἐρύσαντό τε πάντα they drew all off, Il.1.466, etc.; ἐρύσσασθαι μενεαίνων in his anxiety to draw [the bow], Od.21.125 ;βύρσαν θηρὸς ἀπὸ μελέων Theoc.25.273
; simply, wrench,ὅταν ἱστὸν ἀνέμοιο κατάϊξ..ὑπὲκ προτόνων ἐρύσηται A.R.1.1204
.2 of captives, χρυσῷ ἐρύσασθαι weigh against gold (cf. ἕλκω): hence, ransom, Il.22.351 (cf. ἀντερύομαι).II draw out of the press,ἐρύσασθαί τινα μάχης Il.5.456
; esp. of friends dragging away the body of a slain hero,οὐδέ κε..ἐκ βελέων ἐρύσαντο νέκυν 18.152
; of enemies, 14.422, 17.161 : c. dat., in spite of, from, 5.298, 17.104. (C) [voice] Pass., [tense] pf. εἴρῡμαι, [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3pl.Aεἰρύατο [ῡ Il.14.30
, al., [pron. full] ῠ 4.248], εἴρυντο (v. infr.): [tense] aor. ἐρύσθην or εἰρ-, Hp.Epid.5.47, Mul.1.36:—to be drawn ashore, drawn up in line, of ships,εἴρυντο νέες ταχὺν ἀμφ' Ἀχιλῆα Il.18.69
; , cf.4.248.2 to be drawn, attracted, of moisture, Hp.l.c.; to be contracted, ἐς τοὔπισθεν ἐρυσθείς, of tetanic convulsions, Id.Epid.5.47 ; τὴν γνάθον ἐρυσθεῖσα ib.4.36. (ϝερῠ-, ϝρῡ-, cf. ῥῡ-τήρ ([etym.] βρύτηρ), ῥῦ-μα, ῥῡ-μός.)------------------------------------ἐρύω (B), only in [voice] Med. [full] ἐρύομαι, redupl. non-thematic [tense] pres. [ per.] 3pl. εἰρύαται [pron. full] [ῠ] Il.1.239, h.Cer. 152, [pron. full] [ῡ]Od.16.463 ; inf.Aεἴρυσθαι 3.268
, 23.151 (from se-srū-, v. infr.); [tense] impf.εἴρῡτο Il.16.542
, 24.499, Od.23.229, Hes.Sc. 138,εἴρυντο Il.12.454
, εἰρύατο [pron. full] [ῠ] 22.303 : from unredupl. stem [pref] ῥῡ- ( srū-]), non-thematic [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. ῥύατ' [pron. full] [ῡ] 18.515, Od.17.201, inf.ῥῦσθαι Il.15.141
, iterat.ῥύσκευ 24.730
: thematic [tense] pres. [full] ῥύομαι [pron. full] [ῠ] Od.14.107, 15.35, Il.9.396, 10.259, 417, Hes.Sc. 105 ; with ῡ, ῥύομ' Il.15.257
,ῥύοιτο 12.8
,ῥύοισθε 17.224
; [tense] impf. ῥύετ' [pron. full] [ῡ] 16.799 : [pron. full] ῡ in Trag. (E.HF 197, al., also A.Eleg.3), but [pron. full] ῠ in Id.Th. 303 (lyr.), 824 (anap.): thematic [tense] impf. ἐρύετο [pron. full] [ῡ] Il.6.403 ; non-thematicἔρῡτο 4.138
, 5.23, al.,ἔρῡσο 22.507
( ἔρῡτο as [tense] aor. 2 S.OT 1351 (lyr.)): [tense] pres. inf.ἔρυσθαι Od.5.484
,9.194, al.; later [tense] pres. ind.ἔρῡται A.R.2.1208
: [tense] fut.ἐρύσσεται Il.10.44
, ἐρύεσθαι [pron. full] [ῠ] 20.195, ῥύσομαι [pron. full] [ῡ] Hes.Th. 662, Hdt.1.86, A.Th.91 (lyr.); [ per.] 3pl. : [tense] aor. I εἰρῠσάμην (from e-serū-) Il.4.186, 20.93, 21.230 ; opt. ἐρύσαιτο [pron. full] [ῠ] 24.584 ; ind. also ἐρρύσατο [pron. full] [ῡ] Od.1.6, al., ἐρύσατο [pron. full] [ῡ] Il.5.344, al., once withῥῠ, ῥῠσάμην 15.29
: from the redupl.[tense] pres. εἴρῡμαι are formed [tense] fut. ind. [ per.] 3pl.εἰρύσσονται 18.276
, I pl.εἰρῠόμεσθα 21.588
: [tense] aor. I inf.εἰρύσσασθαι 1.216
; opt.εἰρυσσαίμην 8.143
, 17.327, Od.16.459:—later [voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐρρύσθην Ev.Luc.1.74
, 2 Ep.Ti.4.17, Hld.10.7 : for ἔρῠτο and ἐρυσσάμενοι as [voice] Pass., v. infr. 4:—protect, guard, of armour, [πήληξ] κάρη ῥύετ' Ἀχιλλῆος Il.16.799
; [κυνέη] εἴρυτο κάρη Hes.Sc. 138
;ῥύεται δὲ κάρη Il.10.259
, etc.;μίτρης..ἥ οἱ πλεῖστον ἔρυτο 4.138
, cf. 23.819 ;ἄστυ δὲ πύργοι ὑψηλαί τε πύλαι σανίδες τ'..εἰρύσσονται 18.276
, cf. 12.454 ; ἀμφὶ δὲ τάφρον ἤλασαν, ὄφρα σφιν νῆας..ῥύοιτο ib.8 ;οἶος ἐρύετο Ἴλιον Ἕκτωρ 6.403
, cf. 22.507, 24.499 ;οἵ με πάρος γε εἰρύατο 22.303
;ὅς σε πάρος περ ῥύομ' 15.257
, cf.A.Th.91 (lyr.), etc.; καὶ πῶς βέβηλον ἄλσος ἂν ῥύοιτό με; Id.Supp. 509 ;Λυκίην εἴρυτο δίκῃσί τε καὶ σθένεϊ ᾧ Il.16.542
; ; [ἔλαφον] ὕλη εἰρύσατο 15.274
; of warders or watchmen, 10.417 ;σῦς τάσδε φυλάσσω τε ῥύομαί τε Od.14.107
; νῆα, νῆας ἔρυσθαι, 9.194, 10.444, 14.260, 17.429 ;εἴρυσθαι μέγα δῶμα 23.151
; ἣ νῶϊν εἴρυτο θύρας, of a female slave, ib. 229;ἐπέτελλεν..εἴρυσθαι ἄκοιτιν 3.268
; αὖλιν ἔρυντο, of dogs, Theoc.25.76 ; ἔτι μ' αὖτ' εἰρύαται οἴκαδ' ἰόντα lie in wait for me, Od.16.463 ; χαλεπόν σε θεῶν..δήνεα εἴρυσθαι to discover them, 23.82 (here perh. a difft. word, cogn. with ἐρευνάω, cf. Pi.Fr.61) ; φρεσὶν εἰρύσσαιτο keep in his heart, conceal, Od.16.459 ; οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται maintain them, Il.1.239 : hence, support, hold in honour, with notion of obedience, ;ἔπος εἰρύσσασθαι 1.216
.2 without any notion of defence, merely cover,ὡς ῥύσαιτο περὶ χροΐ μήδεα φωτός Od.6.129
;φύλλων χύσις ἤλ θα πολλὴ ὅσσον τ' ἠὲ δύω ἠὲ τρεῖς ἄνδρας ἔρυσθαι 5.484
.3 c. acc. rei, keep off, ward off, ἀλλ' οὐκ οἰωνοῖσιν ἐρύσσατο κῆρα μέλαιναν by no augury could he ward off black death, Il.2.859 ; ἡ δ' (sc. ἀσπὶς)οὐκ ἔγχος ἔρυτο 5.538
, 17.518, Od.24.524 ;ἀλλὰ πάροιθεν εἰρύσατο ζωστήρ Il.4.186
.4 thwart, check, curb, much like ἐρύκω,Διὸς νόον εἰρύσσαιτο 8.143
; ;Ἠῶ ῥύσατ' ἐπ' Ὠκεανῷ Od.23.244
;νῆά τ' ἔρυσθαι A.R.3.607
; so prob. in Τροΐας ἶνας ἐκταμὼν δορί, ταί νιν ῥύοντό ποτε ( thwarted him)μάχας..ἔργον..κορύσσοντα Pi.I.8(7).57
; νόστον ἐρυσσάμενοι having been balked of their return ([voice] Med. in pass. sense, cf. ἐστεφανώσατο, κατασχόμενος), Id.N.9.23 (v.l. ἐρεις-):—[voice] Pass.,ἡ δ' ἔρῠτ' εἰν Ἀρίμοισι Hes.Th. 304
.5 rescue, save, deliver (not in [dialect] Att. Prose exc. Th.5.63);μετὰ χερσὶν ἐρύσατο Φοῖβος Ἀπόλλων Il.5.344
, cf. 11.363; πῶς ἂν.. εἰρύσσαισθε Ἴλιον; 17.327 ;Ποσειδάων..Νέστορος υἱὸν ἔρυτο 13.555
;βουλῆς..ἥ τίς κεν ἐρύσσεται ἠδὲ σαώσει Ἀργείους 10.44
; ;ὁ δ' ἐρύσατο καί μ' ἐλέησεν Od.14.279
;ἐρρύσατο καὶ ἐσάωσεν Il.15.290
; ;πατρίδα ῥυομένους Id.Eleg.3
;ῥύου με κἀκφύλασσε S.OC 285
, cf. Hdt.7.217,8.114 : freq. folld. by a Prep.,οὐ γάρ κεν ῥύσαιτό σ' ὑπὲκ κακοῦ Od. 12.107
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἀλλὰ σὺ ῥῦσαι ὑπ' ἠέρος υἷας Ἀχαιῶν Il.17.645
, cf. 224 ;ἐκ..πόνων ἐρρύσατο Pi.P.12.19
;ῥύσασθαί μιν ἐκ τοῦ παρεόντος κακοῦ Hdt.1.87
;ὡς ἂν ἀλλὰ παῖδ' ἐμὴν ῥυσώμεθ' ἀνδρῶν ἐκ χερῶν μιαιφόνων E.Or. 1563
: (lyr.);ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ Ev.Matt.6.13
: c. gen.,ῥ. τινὰ τοῦ μὴ κατακαυθῆναι Hdt.1.86
;κακῶν μυρίων E.Alc. 770
; (lyr.);πολέμου καὶ μανιῶν ῥ. Ἑλλάδα Ar. Lys. 342
: c. inf.,ῥ. τινὰ θανεῖν E.Alc.11
;τινα μὴ κατθανεῖν Id.HF 197
, cf. Or. 599, Hdt.7.11 ; also, save from an illness, cure, Id.4.187 : generally, Id.3.132.6 set free, redeem, τὸν ἔνθεν ῥυσάμην I set him free from thence, Il.15.29 ;ἐκ δουλοσύνης Hdt.5.49
,9.90; δουλοσύνης ib. 76 ;μάντιν Ἠλεῖον..ἀπημελημένον ἐν τοῖσι ἀνδραπόδοισι ἐρρύσατο Id.3.132
; butχρυσῷ ἐρύσασθαι Il.22.351
seems to come from ([etym.] ϝ) ερύω (v. ἐρύω (A) B.1.2).b metaph., redeem, compensate for.., ἔργῳ γὰρ ἀγαθῷ ῥύσεσθαι τὰς αἰτίας (v.l. λύσεσθαι) Th.5.63 ; ταῦτα πάντα κατθανοῦσα ῥύσομαι my death will redeem (purchase) all this, E.IA 1383 (troch.);ῥ. καμάτους Epigr.Gr.853.6
:—double sense in S.OT 312, 313 ῥῦσαι σεαυτὸν καὶ πόλιν, ῥῦσαι δ' ἐμέ, ῥῦσαι δὲ πᾶν μίασμα τοῦ τεθνηκότος redeem (deliver) thyself and the state and me, and redeem the pollution from the dead (the μίασμα being thought of as an unpaid debt). ( ἐρῠ- ῥῡ- from ser[ucaron]- srū-, cogn. with Lat. servare, v. οὖρος 'guard', ἔρυμα, ἐρυμνός.) -
15 πυκνός
πυκνός [(A)], ή, όν, poet. also [full] πῠκῐνός, ή, όν, both forms in [dialect] Ep. (v. infr.) and Lyr., Pi.O.13.52 ([comp] Sup.), B.Fr.1; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πύκνος Sapph.1.11, Alc.Supp.14.9 ( πύκινος is dub. l. Id.82); Trag. [full] πυκνός, exc. S. in lyr., Aj. 1208, Ph. 854; πυκινός once in Com., Eub.38 (s.v.l.): [dialect] Lacon. [comp] Sup. πουκότατος is corrupt in Simm.26.17:—A close, compact.I of a thing with reference to the close union of its parts, close, firm, solid,πυκινὸς θώρηξ Il.15.529
;χλαῖναν πυκνὴν καὶ μεγάλην Od.14.521
;πυκινὸν νέφος Il.5.751
; πυκινὸν λέχος well-stuffed, firm bed, 9.621, Od.7.340;πυκνὸν καὶ μαλακόν Il.14.349
;Ἁρμονίης πυκινῷ κρυφῷ Emp.27.3
;σπάρτα πυκνὰ ἐστραμμένα X.An.4.7.15
;π. δέμας Parm. 8.59
; of a sponge, Hp.Ulc.2;π. ὀστοῦν Pl.Ti. 75b
, cf. Hp.VM22; [ σάρκες] Pl.Ti. 74e; χρυσοῦ πυκνότερον ib. 59b;ἔβενος Thphr.HP1.5.5
;πλεύμων Plu.2.698b
; χωρία ib.650d;πυκινὴν νάπαις Ἄζιλιν Call. Ap.89
; [ὁ ἐλαιὼν] πυκνός ἐστι τοῖς φυτοῖς overgrown with plants, PFay.113.8 (i/ii A.D.);ξοῒς χαρακτὴ π. IG7.3073.104
(Lebad., ii B.C.); of a woman, thick-set, stocky, Sor.1.34.2 narrow, constricted,οὐ διέρχεται.. ἀρκέουσα ἰκμάς.., πυκνῆς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐούσης Hp.Mul.1.73
;πυκνοὺς ἔχουσι τοὺς πόρους τοῦ σώματος Alex.Aphr.Pr.1.6
.II of the parts of a thing, close-packed, crowded,πυκιναὶ κίνυντο φάλαγγες Il.4.281
; , etc.;πυκινὸν λόχον εἷσαν 4.392
, etc.(v. infr. 111.1);πυκνὰ καρήατα λαῶν 11.309
;πυκνοὶ ἐφέστασαν ἀλλήλοισιν 13.133
, cf. Od.5.480;σταυροῖσιν πυκινοῖσι Il.24.453
;σταυροὺς.. πυκνοὺς καὶ θαμέας Od.14.12
; of thick plumage,πυκινὰ πτερά 5.53
;πτερὰ πυκνά Il.11.454
, 23.879; but πύκνα πτέρα fast-beating wings, Sapph.1.11 (and so perh. Hom. ll. cc.); freq. of thick foliage, ὕλη, λόχμη, θάμνοι, ὄζοι, ῥωπήϊα, δρυμά, πέταλα, Il.18.320, Od.19.439, 5.471, Il.21.245, Od.14.473, 10.150, 19.520;π. νέφεα Hes.Op. 553
; πυκινοῖσι λίθοισι with close-laid stones, Il.16.212; πυκινοῖσι.. βελέεσσι with a thick shower of darts, 11.576;πυκνῆσιν λιθάδεσσιν Od.14.36
;τοξεύματα πολλὰ καὶ π. Hdt.7.218
; πυκνοῖς ὄσσοις δεδορκώς, of Argus, A.Pr. 678; πεπλεκτανημέναι π. δράκουσιν, of the Furies, Id.Ch. 1050; of thick-falling rain, snow, etc.,πυκνῆς ἀκοῦσαι ψακάδος S.Fr. 636
;πυκιναῖς δρόσοις Id.Aj. 1208
(lyr.);πυκνῇ νιφάδι E.Andr. 1129
; π. ῥόος a dense current, Emp.100.14;π. θρίξ X.Cyn.4.6
;π. τρίχες Pl.Prt. 321a
; [ δένδρεα] Hdt.4.22, cf. X.An.4.8.2;τὰ μὲν π... τὰ δὲ μανὰ κατὰ τὴν φυτείαν Thphr.HP1.8.2
.b in Tactics, in close order, opp. ἀραιός, Ascl.Tact.4.1 ([comp] Sup.), Arr.Tact.11.1 ([comp] Comp.).2 of a repeated action, frequent, numerous,πυκνοὺς θεοπρόπους ἴαλλε A.Pr. 658
;τῶν π. φιλημάτων Id.Fr. 135
;ὀδύναι πυκνόταται Hp.VM22
;πυκινῶν κρεγμῶν ἀκροαζομένα Epich.109
(anap.);π. ὁδοὺς ἐλθόντα E.Tr. 235
; π. βαίνων ἤλυσιν, of a blind man, Id.Ph. 844; ἐν πυκνῷ θεοῦ τροχῷ κυκλεῖται on the oft-revolving wheel, S.Fr.871.1; Aër.13; πνεῦμα πυκνότερον quicker breathing, Id.Acut.16;π. σφυγμὸς ἢ μανός Plu.2.136f
; continuous, constant,φῶς Corp.Herm. 16.10
;ἐρωτήμασι πυκνοῖς χρώμενοι Th.7.44
;ἡ.. εἰωθυῖά μοι μαντικὴ.. πάνυ πυκνὴ ἦν Pl.Ap. 40a
;ἐπιθυμίαι π. τε καὶ σφοδραί Id.R. 573e
;τὰς ἐντεύξεις π. ποιεῖσθαι Isoc.1.20
: c. inf., πυκνοτέραν εἰσαφικνεῖσθαι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ποιεῖν τὴν πόλιν more frequently visited by.., X.Vect.5.1 codd.III of artificial union, well put together, compact, strong, πυκινὸς δόμος, χηλός, θύραι, θάλαμος, κευθμῶνες (v. infr. B. 111.1), Il.10.267, Od.13.68, Il.14.167, Od.23.229, 10.283;ἀσπὶς ῥινοῖσιν πυκινή Il.13.804
;π. δῶμα Xenoph.17
: hence, close, concealed,πυκινὸς δόλος Il.6.187
; and so perhaps π. λόχος, v. supr. 11.1.2 in Music, πυκνόν, τό, part of the tetrachord in which the intervals are small, defined asτὸ ἐκ δύο διαστημάτων συνεστηκὸς ἃ συντεθέντα ἔλαττον διάστημα περιέξει τοῦ λειπομένου διαστήματος ἐν τῷ διὰ τεσσάρων Aristox.Harm. p.24M.
, cf. Plu.2.1135b, etc.IV generally, strong of its kind, sore, excessive,ἄτη Il.24.480
;μελεδῶναι Od.19.516
;ἄχος Il.16.599
.V metaph. of the mind, shrewd, wise,πυκιναὶ φρένες 14.294
, cf. Alc.Supp.14.9, B. l.c.;νόος Il.15.461
;μήδεα 3.208
;βουλή 2.55
;ἐφετμή 18.216
;μῦθοι Od.3.23
;ἔπος Il.11.788
; θυμός, βουλαί, Pi.P.4.73, I.7(6).8;φρήν E.IA67
; μήτιδι πυκνῇ Orac. ap. Hdt.7.141, cf. IG3.1320: in Prose,πυκνὴ διάνοια Pl.R. 568a
; τὸ π. terseness of expression, D.H.Th.24.2 of persons, sagacious, shrewd, crafty, cunning,Σίσυφος πυκνότατος παλάμαις Pi.O.13.52
;κύων πυκινώτατον ἑρπετόν Id.Fr. 106
; πυκινοί the wise, S.Ph. 854 (lyr.);πυκνότατον κίναδος Ar.Av. 430
(lyr.); .B Adv. πυκινῶς, and after Hom. πυκνῶς, θύραι or σανίδες πυκινῶς ἀραρυῖαι close or fast shut, Il.9.475, Od.2.344, etc.2 sorely (v. supr. A. IV),πυκινῶς ἀκαχήμενος Il.19.312
, cf. Od.19.95, al.; constantly,ὅταν π. διᾴττωσι X.Cyn.6.22
.3 sagaciously, shrewdly,π. ὑποθήσομαι Od.1.279
, cf. Il.21.293;πυκνῶς ἀνευρεῖν Ar.Th. 438
(lyr., s.v.l.).II neut. sg. and pl., πυκνόν, πυκνά, πυκινόν, πυκινά as Adv., esp. in the sense much, often, πήρην πυκνὰ ῥωγαλέην a much torn wallet, a wallet full of holes, Od.13.438, 17.198;πυκινόν περ ἀχεύων 11.88
;τέττιξ.. καταχεύετ' ἀοιδὴν πυκνόν Hes.Op. 584
: in Prose,πυκνὰ ἐκπίπτει ὦμος Hp.Art.2
;πυκνὰ ἀποβλέπειν Pl.R. 501b
;πυκνὰ στρέφεσθαι X.An.6.1.8
;πυκνὸν ἀναπνεῖν Arist.Rh. 1357b19
; πυκνότερον ἰέναι, παρέρχεσθαι, Pl.R. 328d, D.41.24;πυκνότερα ἐπάγειν Pl.Cra. 420d
. Adv.- οτέρως Lesb.Gramm.23
, PLond.5.1929(iv A.D.): [comp] Sup.πυκνότατα X.Eq.11.11
.2 πυκινὰ φρονεῖν (v. supr. A.V) Od.9.445.III poet. Adv. [full] πύκα [[pron. full] ?πυκνόςX?πυκνόςX], thickly, solidly,θαλάμου πύκα ποιητοῖο 1.436
;π. π. δόμοιο 22.455
;σάκεος π. π. Il.18
. 608;Λυκίων π. θωρηκτάων 12.317
, cf. 15.689, 739;πύλαι π. στιβαρῶς ἀραρυῖαι 12.454
.2 θάλαμος πύκ' ἐβάλλετο with thick-falling darts, 9.588.------------------------------------ -
16 φύω
φύω, Il.6.148, etc.; [dialect] Aeol. [full] φυίω fort. leg. in Alc.97: [tense] impf. ἔφυον, [dialect] Ep.[ per.] 3sg.Aφύεν Il.14.347
: [tense] fut. φύσω [ῡ] 1.235, S.OT 438: [tense] aor.ἔφῡσα Od.10.393
, etc.:—[voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., 9.109, Pi.O.4.28, etc.: [tense] fut. , Hp.Mochl.42, Pl.Lg. 831a, etc.: similar in sense are the intr. tenses, [tense] pf.πέφῡκα Od.7.114
, etc., [dialect] Ep.[ per.] 3pl.πεφύᾱσι Il.4.484
, Od.7.128; [ per.] 3sg. subj. πεφύῃ ([etym.] ἐμ-) Thgn.396; [dialect] Ep. part. fem. πεφυυῖα ([etym.] ἐμ-) Il.1.513, acc. pl.πεφυῶτας Od.5.477
; [dialect] Dor. inf.πεφύκειν Epich.173.3
: [tense] plpf.ἐπεφύκειν X.Cyr.5.1.9
, Pl.Ti. 69e; [dialect] Ep.πεφύκειν Il.4.109
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. , Op. 149: [tense] aor. 2 ἔφῡν (as if from φῦμι) Od.10.397, etc.: [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.φῦ Il.6.253
, etc., [ per.] 3pl. ἔφυν (for ἔφῡσαν, which is also [ per.] 3pl. of [tense] aor. 1) Od.5.481, etc.; subj. φύω orφυῶ E.Fr.377.2
, Pl.R. 415c, 597c, Hp.Carn.12; [ per.] 3sg. opt.φύη Theoc.15.94
, ([etym.] συμ-) Sor.2.89; inf. φῦναι, [dialect] Ep.φύμεναι Theoc. 25.39
,φῦν Parm.8.10
; part.φύς Od.18.410
, etc., [dialect] Boeot. fem.φοῦσα Corinn.21
: ἔφυσεν, = ἔφυ, dub. in IG14.2126.5 ([place name] Rome); conversely ἔφυ, = ἔφυσεν, ib.3.1350, Sammelb. 5883 ([place name] Cyrene): later, [tense] fut. , [voice] Pass.φυήσομαι Gp.2.37.1
, Them.Or.21.248c (in Luc. JTr.19 ἀναφύσεσθαι is restored): [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Pass.ἐφύην J.AJ18.1.1
, prob. in BSA28.124 ([place name] Didyma), ([etym.] ἀν-) Thphr.HP4.16.2; inf.φυῆναι Dsc.2.6
, ([etym.] ἀνα-) D.S.1.7; part.φῠείς Hp.Nat.Puer.22
, Trag.Adesp. 529, PTeb.787.30 (ii B. C.), Ev.Luc.8.6: [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Pass.συμ-φυθείς Gal. 7.725
. [Generally [pron. full] ῠ before a vowel, [dialect] Ep., Trag. (A.Th. 535, S.Fr. 910.2), etc., [pron. full] ῡ before a consonant; butφῡει Trag.Adesp.454.2
,φῡεται S.Fr.88.4
, Trag.Adesp. 543 ( = Men.565); ; ἐφῡετο prob. in Ar.Fr. 680, cf. Nic.Al.14, D.P.941, 1013; even in thesi,προσφῡονται Nic.Al. 506
,φῡουσιν D.P.1031
; also in compds.]A trans., in [tense] pres., [tense] fut., and [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Act.:—bring forth, produce, put forth,φύλλα.. ὕλη τηλεθόωσα φύει Il.6.148
; , cf. 1.235, Od.7.119, etc.;ἄμπελον φύει βροτοῖς E.Ba. 651
; so τρίχες.., ἃς πρὶν ἔφυσεν φάρμακον made the hair grow, Od.10.393, cf. A.Th. 535;φ. χεῖρε, πόδε, ὀφθαλμὰ ἀνθρώποις X.Mem.2.3.19
; of a country, ;ὅσα γῆ φύει Pl.R. 621a
, cf. Anaxag.4.2 beget, engender, E.Ph. 869, etc.;Ἄτλας.. θεῶν μιᾶς ἔφυσε Μαῖαν E. Ion3
, cf. Trag.Adesp.454.2; so of God creating man, Antipho 4.1.2, cf. Plu.2.1065c; ὁ φύσας the begetter, father (opp. ὁ φύς the son, v. infr. B.1.2), S.OT 1019, Ar.V. 1472 (lyr.);ὁ φ. πατήρ E.Hel.87
;ὁ φ. χἠ τεκοῦσα Id.Alc. 290
;τὴν τεκοῦσαν ἢ τὸν φύσαντα Lys.10.8
; of both parents,γονεῦσι οἵ σ' ἔφυσαν S.OT 436
;οἱ φύσαντες E.Ph.34
, cf. Fr. 403.2;φ. τε καὶ γεννᾶν Pl.Plt. 274a
;ὦ γάμοι γάμοι, ἐφύσαθ' ἡμᾶς S.OT 1404
; ἥδ' ἡμέρα φύσει σε will bring to light thy birth, ib. 438; .3 of individuals in reference to the growth of parts of themselves, φ. πώγωνα, γλῶσσαν, κέρεα, grow or get a beard, etc., Hdt.8.104, 2.68, 4.29;φ. πτερά Ar. Av. 106
, Pl.Phdr. 251c; ; φ. τρίχας, πόδας καὶ πτερά, etc., Arist.HA 518a33, 554a29, etc.: for the joke in φύειν φράτερας, v. φράτηρ.4 metaph., φρένας φῦσαι get understanding, S.OC 804, El. 1463 (but alsoθεοὶ φύουσιν ἀνθρώποις φρένας Id.Ant. 683
): prov., ἁλιεὺς πληγεὶς νοῦν φύσει 'once bit, twice shy', Sch.Pl.Smp. 222b; ; δόξαν φῦσαι get glory or to form a high opinion of oneself, Hdt.5.91;θεὸς.. αἰτίαν φύει βροτοῖς A.Niob.
in PSI11.1208.15;αὑτῷ πόνους φῦσαι S. Ant. 647
.II in [tense] pres. seemingly intr., put forth shoots,εἰς ἔτος ἄλλο φύοντι Mosch.3.101
;δρύες.. φύοντι Theoc.7.75
, cf. 4.24: so ἀνδρῶν γενεὴ ἡ μὲν φύει ἡ δ' ἀπολήγει one generation is putting forth scions, the other is ceasing to do so, Il.6.149; ἐν στήθεσι φύει (fort. φυίει) grows up, appears, Alc.97;ῥίζα ἄνω φύουσα ἐν χολῇ LXXDe. 29.18
.B [voice] Pass., with intr. tenses of [voice] Act., [tense] aor. 2, [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf., grow, wax, spring up or forth, esp. of the vegetable world,θάμνος ἔφυ ἐλαίης Od.23.190
, cf. 5.481; ;τά γ' ἄσπαρτα φύονται 9.109
, cf. Il.4.483, 14.288, 21.352;φύεται αὐτόματα ῥόδα Hdt.8.138
, cf. 1.193; growing there,Id.
2.56; πεφυκότα δένδρα trees growing there, X.Cyr.4.3.5;τὰ φυόμενα καὶ τὰ γιγνόμενα Pl.Cra. 410d
, cf. Phd. 110d, Plt. 272a; τοῦ κέρα ἐκ κεφαλῆς ἑκκαιδεκάδωρα πεφύκει from his head grew horns sixteen palms long, Il.4.109, cf. Hdt.1.108, 3.133;φύονται πολιαί Pi.O.4.28
; κεφαλαὶ πεφυκυῖαι θριξί grown with hair, D.S.2.50 (s. v.l.); is produced,X.
Vect.1.4: metaph., νόσημα ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ φυόμενον, φυομένη πόλις, Pl.R. 564b, Lg. 757d; ὁ σπέρμα παρασχών, οὗτος τῶν φύντων αἴτιος [κακῶν] of the things produced, D.18.159; also κατὰ πάντων ἐφύετο waxed great by or upon their depression, ib. 19. —In this sense [tense] aor. 2 is rare (v. supr.), exc. in phrases such as ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί (v. ἐμφύω), Od.2.302.2 of persons, to be begotten or born, most freq. in [tense] aor. 2 and [tense] pf.,ὁ λωφήσων οὐ πέφυκέ πω A.Pr. 27
;τίς ἂν εὔξαιτο βροτὸς ὢν ἀσινεῖ δαίμονι φῦναι; Id.Ag. 1342
(anap.); μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λόγον not to be born is best, S.OC 1224 (lyr.); γονῇ πεφυκὼς.. γεραιτέρᾳ ib. 1294; ; φύς τε καὶ τραφείς ib. 396c;μήπω φῦναι μηδὲ γενέσθαι X.Cyr.5.1.7
, cf. Pl.Smp. 197a: construed with gen., πεφμκέναι or φῦναί τινος to be born or descended from any one, , cf. S.OC 1379, etc.;θνατᾶς ἀπὸ ματρὸς ἔφυ Pi.Fr.61
, cf. S.OT 1359 (lyr.), Ant. 562;ἀπ' εὐγενοῦς ῥίζης E.IT 610
; , etc.;φ. ἔκ τινος S.OT 458
, E.Heracl. 325, Pl.R. 415c, etc.;ἐκ χώρας τινός Isoc.4.24
, etc.; οἱ μετ' ἐκείνου φύντες, opp. οἱ ἐξ ἐκείνου γεγονότες, Is.8.30;ἐκ θεῶν γεγονότι.. διὰ βασιλέων πεφυκότι X.Cyr.7.2.24
.II in [tense] pres., become, οὐδεὶς ἐχθρὸς οὔτε φύεται πρὸς χρήμαθ' οἵ τε φύντες .. S.Fr. 88.4;πιστοὺς φύσει φύεσθαι X.Cyr.8.7.13
; the [tense] pf. and [tense] aor. 2 take a [tense] pres. sense, to be so and so by nature, κακός, σοφός πέφυκα ([etym.] - κώς), etc., S.Ph. 558, 1244, etc.;δρᾶν ἔφυν ἀμήχανος Id.Ant.79
; φύντ' ἀρετᾷ born for virtue, i.e. brave and good by nature, Pi.O.10(11).20; so of things, (anap.), cf. Pl.Grg. 479d, etc.;εὐχροώτεροι ὁρῷντο ἢ πεφύκασιν X.Cyr.8.1.41
, cf. Oec.10.2; [τὸ πῦρ] πέφυκε τοιοῦτον Id.Cyr.5.1.10
;τἄλλα ἕκαστος ἡμῶν, ὅπως ἔτυχε, πέφυκεν D.37.56
: with Advs., ἱκανῶς πεφυκότες of good natural ability, Antipho 2.1.1;δυσκόλως πεφ. Isoc.9.6
;οὕτως πεφ. X.HG7.1.7
; alsoοἱ καλῶς πεφυκότες S.El. 989
, cf. Lys.2.20;οἱ βέλτιστα φύντες Pl.R. 431c
: then, simply, to be so and so,φῦναι Ζηνὶ πιστὸν ἄγγελον A.Pr. 969
;θεοῦ μήτηρ ἔφυς Id.Pers. 157
(troch.);γυναῖκε.. ἔφυμεν S.Ant.62
; Ἅιδης ὁ παύσων ἔφυ ib. 575; : c. part.,νικᾶν.. χρῄζων ἔφυν S.Ph. 1052
;πρέπων ἔφυς.. φωνεῖν Id.OT9
, cf. 587;τοῦτο ἴδιον ἔφυμεν ἔχοντες Isoc.4.48
, cf. 11.41, X.Smp.4.54.2 c. inf., to be formed or disposed by nature to do so and so,τὰ δεύτερα πέφυκε κρατεῖν Pi.Fr. 279
; ; , cf. Ant. 688;φύσει μὴ πεφυκότα τοιαῦτα φωνεῖν Id.Ph.79
;πεφύκασι δ' ἅπαντες.. ἁμαρτάνειν Th.3.45
, cf. 2.64, 3.39, 4.61, etc.;πέφυκε.. τρυφὴ.. ἦθος διαφθείρειν Jul.Or.1.15c
.3 with Preps., γυνὴ.. ἐπὶ δακρύοις ἔφυ is by nature prone to tears, E.Med. 928; ἔρως γὰρ ἀργόν, κἀπὶ τοῖς ἀργοῖς ἔφυ is inclined to idleness, Id.Fr. 322; also ;εἴς τι Aeschin.3.132
; most freq.πρός τι, οἱ ἄνθρωποι πρὸς τὸ ἀληθὲς πεφύκασι Arist.Rh. 1355a16
;εὖ πρὸς ἀρετὴν πεφυκότες X. Mem.4.1.2
;πρὸς πόλεμον μᾶλλον.. ἢ πρὸς εἰρήνην Pl.R. 547e
;κάλλιστα φ. πρός τι X.HG7.1.3
, etc.; alsoπρός τινι Id.Ath.2.19
(s. v.l., cf. Plb.9.29.10); alsoεὖ πεφ. κατά τι D.37.55
.4 c. dat., fall to one by nature, be one's natural lot,πᾶσι θνατοῖς ἔφυ μόρος S.El. 860
(lyr.); ;ἐφύετο κοινὸς πᾶσι κίνδυνος D.60.18
, cf. X.Cyr.4.3.19.6 abs., ὡς πέφυκε as is natural, X.Cyn.6.15, al.; ; also expressed personally,τοῖς ἁπλῶς, ὡς πεφυκασι, βαδίζουσι D.45.68
: also freq. in part., τὰ φύσει πεφυκότα the order of nature, Lys.2.29; φύντα, opp. ὁμολογηθέντα, Antipho Soph. 44A i 32 (Vorsokr.5); ἄνθρωπος πεφυκώς man as he is, X.Cyr.1.1.3. (Cf. Skt. bhū- 'to be, become', Lith. búti 'to be', Lat. fui, Eng. be, etc.) -
17 παιδεύω
παιδ-εύω, [tense] fut. - σω: [tense] aor. ἐπαίδευσα: [tense] pf. πεπαίδευκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.Aπαιδεύσομαι E.Fr. 1068
: [tense] aor.ἐπαιδευσάμην Pl.R. 546b
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. παιδευθήσομαι ib. 376c; παιδεύσομαι (in pass. sense) Id.Cri. 54a: [tense] aor.ἐπαιδεύθην S.OC 562
, Pl. Mx. 236a, etc.: [tense] pf.πεπαίδευμαι X.Cyr.5.2.17
, Pl.Lg. 920a, etc.: ([etym.] παῖς):— bring up or rear a child,λευκὸν αὐτὴν.. ἐπαίδευσεν γάλα S.Fr. 648
:—[voice] Pass.,ἐπαιδεύθην ξένος Id.OC 562
; : but mostly,II opp. τρέφω or ἐκτρέφω (Pl.Cri. 54a, al.), train and teach, educate, παῖδας, etc., S.Tr. 451, E.Supp. 917;τοὺς νέους Pl.Ap. 24e
, etc.;κάκιστον ἡ εὐπετείη παιδεῦσαι τὴν νεότητα Democr. 178
; οἱ πεπαιδευμένοι educated, cultured persons, opp. ἀυαθεῖς, Id.185;τὴν Ἑλλάδα πεπαίδευκεν.. ὁ ποιητής Pl.R. 606e
; also, of animals, train, X.Eq.10.6 ([voice] Pass.), v. infr.:—Constr.: π. τινά τινι educate in or by..,παιδείᾳ πεπαιδευμένους Pl.Lg. 741a
;μουσικῇ καὶ γυμναστικῇ π. τινάς Id.R. 430a
; ἔθεσι τοὺς φύλακας ib. 522a;π. τινὰ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις Lys.2.3
, etc.; ἐν ἤθεσι, ἐν ἀρετῇ, Isoc.4.82, 12.138;ἐν μουσικῇ καὶ γυμναστικῇ Pl.Cri. 50e
; π. τινὰ εἰς ἀρετήν, εἰς τέχνην τινά, Id.Grg. 519e, X.Mem. 2.1.17 ([voice] Pass.); πεπαιδευμένον πρὸς ἀρετήν, πρὸς τὸ μετρίων δεῖσθαι, Pl. R. 492e, X.Mem.1.2.1 ([voice] Pass.);πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν βλέποντας Arist. Pol. 1260b15
;ἐπ' ἀρετήν X.Cyn.13.3
([voice] Pass.);περὶ βύρσας Id.Ap.29
, etc.: c. dupl. acc., π. τινά τι teach one a thing, Antipho 3.2.3, Pl.R. 414d;ἀείμνηστον παιδείαν αὐτοὺς ἐπαίδευσε Aeschin.3.148
: c. acc. rei only, teach a thing, Arist.Pol. 1337b23: c. acc. et inf.,π. τινὰ κιθαρίζειν Hdt.1.155
: with predicative Adj. or Subst.,π. τινὰ κακόν S.OC 919
;γυναῖκας σώφρονας π. E.Andr. 601
:—in [voice] Pass., c. acc. rei, to be taught a thing,παιδεύεσθαι τέχνην Pl.Lg. 695a
, al.;ἀκούσματα Men.Kith.Fr.5
: c. acc. cogn. (attracted),ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο Hdt.4.78
: c. inf.,π. ἄρχειν X.Mem.2.1.3
;ὄρνιθες ἐπεπαίδευντό σοι.. ὥστε ὑπηρετεῖν Id.Cyr.1.6.39
(in later Gr., of things, ἡ ὕλη παιδεύεται φέρεσθαι .. Pall.in Hp.2.106 D.); ἐν τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτάτοις π. to be educated only in what is indispensable, Th.1.84: esp. in [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass. πεπαιδευμένος, educated, trained, expert, X.Cyr.5.2.17; opp. ἀπαίδευτος, Pl.Lg. 654d; ἱκανῶς π. ib.b; φαυλοτέρως π. δικασταί ib. 876d; opp. δημιουργός, Id.Amat. 135d;ἰατρὸς ὅ τε δημιουργὸς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιτεκτονικός, καὶ τρίτος ὁ π. περὶ τὴν τέχνην Arist.Pol. 1282a4
; π. also, well-bred, Id.EN 1128a21:—[voice] Med., to have any one taught, cause him to be educated, E.Fr. 1068; οὓς ἡγεμόνας πόλεως ἐπαιδεύσασθε educated as leaders, Pl.R. 546b: c. acc. cogn.,πολλὰ ἃ ἐκεῖνος αὐτὸν ἐπαιδεύσατο Id.Men. 93d
:—also in [voice] Act. in this sense, ἐν Ἀρίφρονος ἐπαίδευε had him educated in the house of Ariphron, Id.Prt.320a, cf. Cri.50e: c. acc. cogn., Id.Men.93e; of animals, cause to be trained, Nausicr.2.8 (whereas [voice] Med. is sts. used like [voice] Act., τροφαὶ αἱ παιδευόμεναι educating nurture, i.e. education, E.IA 561(lyr.)).2 abs., give instruction, teach, Isoc.15.226.III correct, discipline,τοὐμὸν ἦθος π. νοεῖς S. Aj. 595
;διαίτῃ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπαίδευσε καὶ τὸ σῶμα X.Mem.1.3.5
; ὕβρις πεπαιδευμένη chastened (i.e. well-bred) insolence, Aristotle's definition of εὐτραπελία, Rh.1389b11.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παιδεύω
-
18 πᾶς
Aπαῖσα Sapph.Supp.13.8
,21.2, 20a.14, Alc.Supp.12.6, 25.8 ; Cret., Thess., Arc. fem. [full] πάνσα GDI 4976 ([place name] Gortyn), IG9(2).234.2 (Pharsalus, iii B.C.), 5(2).343.16 (Orchom. Arc., iv B. C.): gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός : gen. pl. masc. and neut. πάντων, fem. πᾱσῶν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. πᾱσέων, [dialect] Ep. also πᾱσάων [σᾱ] Od.6.107 : dat. pl. masc. and neut. πᾶσι, [dialect] Ep. and Delph.πάντεσσι Il.14.246
, IG22.1126.22,44; also [dialect] Locr.πάντεσιν Berl.Sitzb.1927.8
(V B.C.); Delph. (iii B.C.); (Delph., ii B.C.), Tab.Defix.Aud. 75.8: πᾶν as acc. masc. in LXX, π. ἄνδρα, οἰκέτην, οἶκον, 1 Ki.11.8, Ex. 12.44, Je.13.11. [[dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. πάν [ᾰ] Hdn.Gr.2.12, Pi.O.2.85, Sapph. Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 5,al., and [dialect] Att. in compds., as ἅπᾰν, πάμπᾰν, etc. (but in compds. sts. long in [dialect] Att., AB416).]—Coll. Pron., when used of a number, all; when of one only, the whole; of the several persons in a number, every.I in pl., all, , etc. ; πάντες ὅσοι .. Od.1.11, etc. ; πάντας ᾧ ἂνπεριτυγχάνῃ, for ὅσοις ἄν, Pl.R. 566d : also with the Art., v.infr. B.2 strengthd. by Advbs., ἅμα πάντες all together, Il.24.253, etc. ;πάντες ἅμα 1.495
(in Prose commonly ἅπαντες, but not always, v. Hdt.9.23, X.Cyr.1.3.10, etc.): with a collect. noun,ἅμα πᾶς ὁ δῆμος D.H.2.14
;πάντες ὁμῶς Il.15.98
;ὁμοῦ πάντες S.El. 715
;πάντα μάλα Il.22.115
, Od.5.216, etc. ;πάντες ὁμοίως D.20.85
, etc.3 with [comp] Sup., πάντες ἄριστοι all the noblest, Il.9.3, Od.4.272, etc.4 consisting or composed wholly of, i.e. nothing but, only, ;ἐκ πασῶν δυνάμεων συνεστώς Corp.Herm. 13.2
; cf.11.2.II sg., all, the whole,πᾶς δ' ἄρα χαλκῷ λάμπε Il.11.65
, cf. 13.191 ; πᾶσα ὕλη all the wood, Hes.Op. 511, cf. Th. 695, etc. ; πᾶσα ἀληθείη all the truth, Il.24.407, Od.11.507; τὴν φάτνην ἐοῦσαν χαλκέην πᾶσαν all of bronze, Hdt.9.70 ; ἦν ἡ μάχη καρτερὰ καὶ ἐν χερσὶ πᾶσα, ἦν γὰρ τὸ χωρίον πρόσαντες πᾶν, Th.4.43, etc. ; πᾶν κράτος the whole power, sovereign power, S.Ph. 142 (lyr.);τὸ πᾶν κράτος Hdt.6.35
;μετὰ πάσης ἀδείας D.18.305
;πᾶσα ἀνάγκη Pl.Phdr. 240a
; πᾶσαι δ' ὠΐγνυντο πύλαι, πᾶσαι γὰρ ἐπῴχατο [πύλαι], the whole gate was open (shut), i.e. the gate was wide open, quite shut, Il.2.809, 12.340, as expld. by Aristarch. ; v. infr. B.2 as in 1.4, with attraction, ὁ πάντ' ἄναλκις οὗτος, ἡ πᾶσα βλάβη who is nought but mischief, S.El. 301, cf. Ph. 622, 927.III every,οἱ δ' ἄλκιμον ἦτορ ἔχοντες.. πᾶς πέτεται Il.16.265
, cf. Od.13.313, S.El. 972, E.Ba. 1131, 1135 ; ἄκουε πᾶς, = ἀκούετε πάντες, Ar.Th. 372; : with partit. gen., παντὶ βροτῶν (v.l. βροτῷ) Pi.O.1.100; ;τῶν ἀνθρώπων πᾶς D.Chr.3.70
; also , Ar.Ra. 1125, etc. ;πᾶσα ἀνθρώπου ψυχή Pl.Phdr. 249e
: with the Art., v. infr. B; πᾶς τις every single one, Thgn.621, Hdt.1.50, 3.79, S.Aj.28, etc. ;πᾶς τις βροτῶν Id.El. 984
, cf.OC25, etc. ; πᾶς ὅστις .. Id.Aj. 1413 ; πᾶν ὅσον .. A.Pr. 787, etc.2 less freq., any one,τὸ μὲν ἐπιτιμᾶν.. φήσαιτις ἂν.. παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; ;χαλεπόν τι καὶ οὐχὶ παντός Id.Alc.1.129a
; παντὸς ἀκούοντος .. when any one hears.., Ev.Matt.13.19 ; ἀμήχανον δὲ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐκμαθεῖν ψυχήν any man's soul, S.Ant. 175 ; πάντων ἀποστερεῖσθαι λυπηρόν to be deprived of anything, D.18.5 ; cf. D. 111.2, VI.B with the Art., in the sense of all, the whole, when the Subst. is to be strongly specified, πᾶς being put either before the Art. or after the Subst., πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν all his force, Hdt.1.214 ;τὰ ἀγαθὰ πάντα X.An.3.1.20
(s. v. l.): with abstract Nouns and others which require the Art.,πάντα τὰ μέλλοντα A.Pr. 101
;πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν Th.6.87
; τὰ τῆς πόλεως π. all the affairs of state, Lys. 19.48, etc.: emphatically,τὰς νέας τὰς πάσας Hdt.7.59
.II πᾶς is put between the Art. and Subst., to denote totality (V. A. 11),ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμός A.Pers. 339
;τὴν πᾶσαν ἵππον Hdt.1.80
;τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος Th.8.93
; οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι absolutely all.., X.An.5.6.7, etc. ; so πᾶν the neut.with the Art. itself becomes a Subst., τὸ πᾶν the whole, A.Pr. 275, 456, etc., v. infr. D. IV; τὰ πάντα the whole, Id.Eu.415 ; τοῖς πᾶσιν in all points, Th.2.64, 5.28 ; οἱ πάντες all of them, Hdt.1.80 ; but also, the community, opp. οἱ ὀλίγοι, Th.4.86 ; ἡ μὲν [τάξις] πάντα ἕν, ἡ δὲ πάντα ὅλον, ἡ δὲ πάντα πᾶν all things as a unity, as a totality, as an integral sum, Dam.Pr. 206.C with Numerals to mark an exact number, ἐννέα πάντες full nine, Od.8.258, cf. 24.60 ;ἐννέα πάντ' ἔτεα Hes. Th. 803
;δέκα πάντα τάλαντα Il.19.247
, etc. ; but , 000 of all kinds, Hdt.1.50 ; τὸν ἀρχιτέκτονα.. ἐδωρήσατο πᾶσι δέκα with ten presents of all kinds, Id.4.88 ;Παυσανίῃ πάντα δέκα ἐξαιρέθη Id.9.81
;τὰ πάντα μυρία Id.3.74
;πάντα θύειν ἑκατόν Pi.Fr. 170
;πάντα χίλια ἔθυεν Porph.Abst.2.60
.II with the Art., in all,οἱ πάντες.. εἷς καὶ ἐνενήκοντα Hdt.9.70
, cf. 1.214, Th.1.60, 3.85, etc. ;τριήρεις.. τὰς πάσας ἐς διακοσίας Id.1.100
, cf. 7.1 ;ἐν εἴκοσι ταῖς πάσαις ἡμέραις Arr.An.1.11.5
.D Special Usages: in dat. pl. masc. πᾶσι, with or in the judgement of all, Il.2.285, S.OC 1446 ;ὁ πᾶσι κλεινός Id.OT8
; κράτιστον πᾶσιν Οἰδίπου κάρα ib.40.2 fem. pl., ἔδοξε πάσαις (sc. ταῖς ψήφοις ) carried unanimously, IG12(3).168.14 (Astypalaea, ii/i B. C.), cf. Luc. Bis Acc. 18,22.II neut. pl. πάντα all kinds of things, Hom., freq. in phrase δαίδαλα πάντα, Il.5.60,al. ;οἰωνοῖσι πᾶσι 1.5
.2 πάντα γιγνόμενος becoming all things, i. e. assuming every shape, Od.4.417.3 πάντα εἶναί τινι to be everything to one,ἦν οἱ.. τὰ πάντα ἡ Κυνώ Hdt.1.122
; ἦσάν οἱ πάντα —ἅπαντα codd.)αἱ Συρήκουσαι Id.7.156
;Εὔβοια αὐτοῖς πάντα ἦν Th.8.95
;πάντ' ἐκεῖνος ἦν αὐτοῖς D.18.43
; π. ἦν Ἀλέξανδρος (sc. ὑμῖν) Id.23.120 ; π. εἶναι ἔν τισι to be all in all among them, Hdt.3.157.4 πάντα as Adv. for πάντως, in all points, entirely, wholly,π. νοήμονες Od.13.209
;π. γὰρ οὐ κακός εἰμι 8.214
;ὁ πάντ' ἄναλκις S.El. 301
;τῷ πάντ' ἀγαθῷ Id.Aj. 1415
(anap.);τὸν πάντ' ἄριστον Id.OC 1458
;πάντ' ἐπιστήμης πλέων Id.Ant. 721
(hence παντάγαθος, παντάριστος, etc. as compd. words); τὰ πολλὰ π. almost throughout, Hdt.5.67, cf. 1.203, 2.35 ; but τὰ π. in every way, by all means, altogether, Id.5.97 ;οἰόμενοι τὰ π. νικᾶν X. An.2.1.1
;ὁ τὰ π. φιλαίτατος Theoc.7.98
; also ἐς τὰ π. Th.4.81 ; κατὰ π. ibid., Pl.Ti. 30d.III neut. sg., τὸ πᾶν the whole (V. B. 11),περὶ τοῦ π. δρόμον θέειν Hdt.8.74
;πολλοῦ γε καὶ τοῦ π. ἐλλείπω A. Pr. 961
;τοῦ π. ἡμαρτηκέναι Pl.Phdr. 235e
; ἄξιοι τοῦ π. Id.Sph. 216c ; τὸ πᾶν as Adv., completely, altogether, A.Supp. 781 (lyr.), S.El. 1009, Pl.Lg. 959a, etc. (but, for all that, nevertheless, A.D.Synt.188.27): with neg., at all, , etc. ; also πᾶν alone, Hdt.1.32, etc.b in Philos., τὸ πᾶν the universe, Emp.13, Pythag. ap. Arist.Cael. 268a11, Pl.Ti. 28c, 30b, etc.; including τὸ κενόν (opp. τὸ ὅλον), Placit.2.1.7 ; also, Pythag. name for ten, Iamb. in Nic.p.118P., Theol.Ar.59.c τῷ παντί in every point, altogether, X.HG7.5.12, etc.d τὸ π., = μολυβδόχαλκος, Ps.- Democr. Alch.p.56 B., Maria ap.Zos.Alch.p.192 B.2 πᾶν anything,πᾶν μᾶλλον ἢ στρατιήν οἱ ἐδίδου Hdt.4.162
; εἴη δ' ἂν πᾶν anything is possible, ib. 195 ; πᾶν ποιῶν by any means whatever, Pl.Ap. 39a (also πᾶν ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν ibid. ; πᾶν ποιεῖν ὥστε .. Id.Phd. 114c), cf. Pi.I. 4(3).48 ;πᾶν ἂν ἔπραξαν Lys.9.16
: more freq. in pl.,πάντα ποιῶν Id.12.84
, D.21.2 ; π. ποιεῖν ὅπως .. X.HG7.4.21 ;πάντα τολμῶν S.OC 761
; cf. A. 111.2.3 ἐπὶ πᾶν on the whole, in general, Pl.Lg. 875d ;ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν εἰπεῖν Id.Euthd. 279e
, etc.; .4 παντὸς μᾶλλον more than anything, i. e. above all, Pl.Cri. 49b, Prt. 344b, Grg. 527b ;π. μᾶλλον οὐ Id.Phdr. 228d
: in answers, π. γε μᾶλλον quite so, Id.Phd. 67b.IV with Preps., ; ἐς τὸ πᾶν altogether, A.Ag. 682 (lyr.), Eu.52,83 ; ἐν παντὶ ἀθυμίας εἶναι to be in utter despair, Th.7.55 : more freq. ἐν παντὶ εἶναι, ἐν παντὶ κακοῦ εἶναι, to be in great danger or fear, Pl.Smp. 194a, R. 579b ;ἐν π. γενέσθαι Id.Euthd. 301a
;ἐμ παντὶ ἐοῦσα IG42(1).122.27
(Epid., iv B. C.); ἐν παντὶ εἶναι μή .. to be in great fear lest.., X.HG5.4.29 ;ἐς πᾶν κακοῦ ἀπίκατο Hdt.7.118
;ἐς πᾶν ἀφικέσθαι X.HG6.1.12
;εἰς πᾶν ἐλθεῖν D.54.13
; ἐπὶ πᾶσιν in all things,καιρὸς δ' ἐπὶ π. ἄριστος Hes.Op. 694
; but also, finally, Philostr.VS2.11.1, al. ; περὶ παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι esteem above all,X.HG7.1.26, An.1.9.16 ; πρὸ παντὸς εὔχεσθαι wish above all, Pl.Phdr. 239e ; διὰ παντός (sc. χρόνου) for ever, continually, S.Aj. 705 (lyr.), Th.1.38, etc. ; also, altogether, Pl.R. 407d ;διὰ πάντων Id.Sph. 254b
; ὁ κατὰ πάντων λόγος the common formula, PMag.Par.1.2186 ; ἡ κ. π. τελετή ib.1596, PMag.Lond. 121.872 ; μέχρι παντός for ever, Str.8.6.18 ;εἰς τὸ πᾶν ἀεί A.Ch. 684
;ἐς τὸ πᾶν χρόνου Id.Eu. 670
.VI οὐ πᾶς not any, i.e. none, LXX Ps.142(143).2, Ev.Luc.1.37, Ep.Gal.2.16, al. ; ἄνευ πάσης ταραχῆς without any disturbance, D.S.15.87.------------------------------------πᾶς (B), Cypr.,A = παῖς, Inscr.Cypr. 106, 210 H.------------------------------------πᾶς (C),A = πατήρ (Syracus.), EM651.7. -
19 σύμφυτος
σύμφῠτ-ος, ον,A born with one, congenital, innate,ἀρετά Pi.I.3.14
; κακόν, ἐπιθυμία, Pl.R. 609a, Plt. 272e; of diseases, Hp.Coac. 502;βλάβαι καὶ διαφθοραὶ τοῦ σώματος Gal.6.3
; natural, τῶν σιτίων ἔνια ἔχει γλυκύτητα σ. ib.475, cf. 731;σ. ἐχούσης ὑγρότητα τῆς γλώττης Id.16.508
; σ. αἰών our natural age, i.e. our old age (acc. to the Sch.), A.Ag. 107 (lyr.); νεικέων τέκτονα σ. the natural author of strife, i.e. a cause of strife natural to the race, ib. 152 (lyr.); εἰς τὸ σ. according to one's nature, E.Andr. 954; ὕδωρ σ. ἐν γάλακτι, opp. ἐπακτόν, Arist.Mete. 382b12;τὸ μιμεῖσθαι σ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Id.Po. 1448b5
; σ. [πνεῦμα], i.e. the vital spirit, Id.Spir. 482a8; σ. ὑγρὸν καὶ θερμόν (in a seed) Thphr.HP1.11.1;πρῶτον ἀγαθὸν καὶ σύμφυτον ἡδονή Epicur.Ep.3p.63U.
; τὰ σ. natural functions or parts, Arist.GA 753a17, Ph. 253a12.2 c. dat., natural to,σ. αὐτοῖς δειλία Lys.10.28
; ἀϋδρία τισὶ τόποις ς. Pl.Lg. 844b; τὰ ὑγρὰ σ. τοῖς ζῴοις, opp. τὰ ὑστερογενῆ (such as milk), Arist.HA 521b17, cf. Thphr.Sens.1,16.3 c. gen., [τῶν φθόγγων] σ. ἡδοναί Pl.Phlb. 51d
;εὐβουλία ἀρετὴ λογισμοῦ σ. Id.Def. 413c
: cf. συγγενής, σύγγονος.II grown together,διάστασις τῶν σ. μερῶν Arist.Top. 145b3
;σ. τῷ Χιτῶνι Id.HA 557b18
;ἐγκεφάλου σκέπασμα σ. μὲν οὐκέτι, πολλαχόθι μέντοι συμφυές Gal. UP8.9
;σ. ἐμποιεῖν τινί τι Pl.Phd. 81c
; united, Id.Phdr. 246a, Ep.Rom.6.5; of qualities in relation to matter,ὕλη.. λαβοῦσα ποιότητας.. καὶ οἷον συμφύτους αὐτὰς ἔχουσα καὶ συγκεκραμένας ἀλλήλαις Plot.3.6.8
, cf. 3.6.11.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σύμφυτος
-
20 τρίβω
Aτρίβεσκον A.R.2.480
: [tense] fut. , ([etym.] ἀπο-) Od.17.232: [tense] aor.ἔτριψα Pherecr.181
; inf.τρῖψαι Od.9.333
, etc.: [tense] pf.τέτρῐφα M.Ant.9.10
, ([etym.] συν-) Eub.62:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. τρίψομαι ([etym.] προς-) Antipho 4.2.8: [tense] aor.ἐτριψάμην Call.Lav.Pall.25
, A.D. Synt.210.26:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.τριφθήσομαι App.BC4.65
, etc.;τρῐβήσομαι Plu. Dio25
, ([etym.] ἐκ-) S.OT 428, ([etym.] κατα-) X.HG5.4.60; also τετρίψομαι ([etym.] ἐπι-) Ar. Pax 246; [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, Th.6.18, 7.42: [tense] aor.ἐτρίφθην Id.2.77
, Hp.Epid.5.6, Antiph. 102; ([etym.] δια-) D.19.164: more freq. [tense] aor. 2 ἐτρίβην [pron. full] [ῐ] Arist.Pr. 893b40; ([etym.] δι-) Th.1.125; ([etym.] ἐκ-) Hdt.7.120; ([etym.] ἐπ-) freq. in Ar., Th. 557, al.; ([etym.] κατ-) Pl.Lg. 678d; ([etym.] συν-) Ar. Pax 71, etc.: [tense] pf. ; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl.τετρίφᾰται Hdt.2.93
. [[pron. full] ῐ only in [tense] pf. [voice] Act. and [voice] Pass., and [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Pass.]:—rub, τριβέμεναι κρῖ, i. e. thresh, thresh it out, because this was done by trampling under the feet of oxen, Il.20.496; μοχλὸν τρῖψαι ἐν ὀφθαλμῷ work round the stake in his eye, Od.9.333; χρυσὸν -όμενον βασάνῳ rubbed on a touchstone, so as to test its purity, Thgn.450; τ. τὸ σκέλος rub the leg, Pl.Phd. 60b;τὰς τῆς ψώρας ἰάσεις τῷ τρίβειν Id.Phlb. 46a
;τὸν ὀφθαλμόν Arist.Pr. 957a38
; ἀμφορέως τὸν πύνδακα ib. 938a14; τ. τὴν κεφαλήν, in sign of perplexity, Aeschin.2.49;ταῖς χερσὶ [τὰς τρίχας] τ. X.Eq.5.5
;τὸν πόδα μύροις τ. Eub.108
(hex.); of a masseur, Gal.6.151, 187; in blood-letting, Id.15.784:—[voice] Med., χρηστηρίοις ἐν τοῖσδε.. τρίβεσθαι μύσος rub one's pollution upon the shrines, pollute them with it, A.Eu. 195:—[voice] Pass., ; ὕλη τριφθεῖσα ὑπ' ἀνέμων πρὸς αὑτήν, so as to catch fire, Th.2.77;ὀδόντες τριβόμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους Arist. PA 661b22
.2 bruise, pound, knead, κεδρίδας, [κώνειον], Ar. Th. 486, Pl.Phd. 117b;ἑλλεβόρου ἅμαξαν Id.Euthd. 299b
;ποίαν IG 42(1).122.121
(Epid., iv B. C.); καταπλαυτόν, [μάζας], Ar.Pl. 717, Pax 8,16; κάρυα καὶ ἀμύγδαλα εἰς θυείαν τ. Chrysipp. Tyan. ap. Ath.14.648a, cf. Sor.1.62, grind,D.
18.258:—[voice] Pass.,θυμιήματα τετριμμένα Hdt.2.86
;ἄρτοι σφόδρα τετριμμένοι Arist.Pr. 929a17
, cf. b8;μηδὲν τετριμμένον, ἀλλὰ τεθλας μένων ὁ χυλός Diocl.Fr.138
.II wear out clothes (cf. τρίβων (A)),τῶν ὑποδημάτων τὰ τριβόμενα Plu.2.680a
;τελαμῶνες μὴ λίαν τετριμμένοι Sor.1.83
; of a road, wear or tread it smooth, ἀτραπὸς τετριμμένη ἡ διὰ θυείας, with a play on pounding in a mortar, Ar.Ra. 123;τὴν τετρ. ὥσπερ ὁδὸν ἐπὶ τὸν μακάριον βίον Phld.Rh.1.260
S.; τρίβει οὐρανόν goes his way through heaven (cf. τρίβος), Arat.231; τ. κύματα, of a ship, AP9.34 (Antiphil.);πόδας τρίβειν Theoc.7.123
.2 of Time, wear away, spend,δυστυχῆ τ. βίον S.El. 602
;νησιώτην τ. βίον E.Heracl.84
; (lyr.);ὀδυνηρότερον τρίψεις βίοτον Id.Pl. 526
(anap.); τ. πόλεμον prolong a war, Plb.2.63.4: abs., waste time, tarry, A.Ag. 1056, D.23.173 vulg. (διατρ. cod. S):—[voice] Pass.,ἐν τούτοις τρίβεται χρόνος ἐνίοτε μακρός Gal.16.578
; ἀμφισβήτησις.. τρειβομένη πολλῶν ἐτῶν prolonged, OGI502.3 (Aezani, ii A. D.).III of persons, wear out,σκολιῇσι δίκῃσι ἀλλήλους τρίβουσι Hes.Op. 251
; τρίβεσθαι κακοῖσι to be worn out by ills, Il.23.735; (anap.); τ. ἀμφοτέρους wear them both out, Th.8.56, cf. 7.48, Plu.Caes.40:—[voice] Med., τρίψεσθαι αὐτὴν περὶ αὑτήν wear itself out by internal struggles, Th.6.18, cf. 7.42:—[voice] Pass., oppressed,Hdt.
2.124; l. c.; τρίβεσθαι μάτην τερὶ ( ἐπὶ codd.)τὴν δίωξιν Plu.Pomp.41
.2 of money and property, waste, squander it, .3 use constantly,κατώμοσα.. μὴ πολὺν χρόνον θεοὺς ἔτι σκῆπτρα τἀμὰ τρίψειν Ar.Av. 636
(lyr.);κοινὰ ὀνόματα καὶ τετριμμένα D.H.Comp. 25
;ἡ τετρ. καὶ κοινὴ διάλεκτος Id.Th.23
;τετρ. σχηματισμός
in common use,A.D.
Pron.115.16, cf. S.E.M.1.229.4 [voice] Pass., to be much busied or engrossed with a thing,πολέμῳ Hdt.3.134
; ἀμφ' ἀρετῇ τ. practise oneself in, use oneself to it, Thgn.465;τρίβεσθαι περὶ τοὺς δυνατούς Philostr.VA4.41
: esp. in [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass. τετριμμένος, practised, expert,ἔμπειροι καὶ τ. Phld.Rh.2.281
S.;οἱ ἐν ποήμασι τ. Id.Po.5.21
; τ. ἀκοή a trained, expert ear, ib.24;πολεμικὸς καὶ τετρ. δι' ὅπλων Plu.Eum.11
;ἀνὴρ φιλοπόνως ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων τετρ. Gal.15.585
, cf. 623.
См. также в других словарях:
ύλη — Στην ευρεία έννοια, ύ. είναι καθετί που γίνεται αντιληπτό από τις αισθήσεις μας ή, πιο γενικά, καθετί που μπορεί να μετρηθεί με οποιοδήποτε όργανο μέτρησης. Στη στενή έννοια, ύ. και μάζα ταυτίζονται: ακριβέστερα, ύ. είναι καθετί που… … Dictionary of Greek
ύλη — η 1. κάθε ουσία με διαστάσεις και βάρος που υπάρχει στο χώρο, που είναι διαιρετή, μπορεί να πάρει κάθε σχήμα και αποτελεί το αντικείμενο των αισθήσεών μας. 2. το υλικό με το οποίο είναι κατασκευασμένο ή από το οποίο αποτελείται κάτι, το… … Νέο ερμηνευτικό λεξικό της νεοελληνικής γλώσσας (Новый толковании словарь современного греческого)
εκφυλισμένη ύλη — Ύλη σε πολύ πυκνή κατάσταση που μπορεί να εξασκήσει πίεση εξαιτίας κβαντομηχανικών φαινομένων. Η ε.ύ. βρίσκεται στους λευκούς νάνους και στους αστέρες νετρονίων των οποίων η απομένουσα μάζα, μετά την έκρηξη, έχει πυκνότητα της τάξης των… … Dictionary of Greek
διαστρική ύλη — Η διάχυτη ύλη που βρίσκεται μεταξύ των διαφόρων αστέρων. Από την εποχή του Γαλιλαίου, όταν οι αστρονόμοι απέκτησαν τη δυνατότητα να παρατηρούν και να ερευνούν τον ουρανό με τηλεσκόπια, κατόρθωσαν να διακρίνουν διάφορα λευκά φωτεινά νέφη σε πολλά… … Dictionary of Greek
μεσοαστρική ύλη — (Αστρον.). Ύλη που βρίσκεται στο μεσοαστρικό διάστημα και που συγκεντρώνεται σε σύννεφα ακανόνιστου σχήματος και κατανομής. Αποτελείται από αέριο ή σκόνη και είναι πολύ αραιότερη από την ύλη των νεφελωμάτων. Η μεσοαστρική σκόνη αποτελείται από… … Dictionary of Greek
Ελλάδα - Φιλοσοφία και Σκέψη — ΑΡΧΑΙΑ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΙΑ Η φιλοσοφία ως κατανοητικός λόγος Όταν κανείς δοκιμάζει να προσεγγίσει την αρχαία ελληνική φιλοσοφία, πρωτίστως έρχεται αντιμέτωπος με το ερώτημα για τη γένεσή της. Πράγματι, η νέα ποιότητα των φιλοσοφικών θεωρήσεων της… … Dictionary of Greek
πρώτη ύλη — Aπό τεχνικοοικονομική έννοια πρώτες ύλες είναι τα καταναλωτικά αγαθά, που καταναλώνονται από μια επιχείρηση για παραγωγικούς σκοπούς, δηλαδή εκείνα που βρίσκονται στη βάση των διαδικασιών μεταποίησης (στάρι, βαμβάκι, μεταλλεύματα) και εκείνα που… … Dictionary of Greek
μεσογαλαξιακή ύλη — (Αστρον.). Η ύλη που υπάρχει στον χώρο μεταξύ των γαλαξιών. Αυτή χωρίζεται στις εξής μορφές: 1. Σμήνη και αστέρες που διέφυγαν από τους γαλαξίες ή δημιουργήθηκαν έξω από αυτούς, όπως ορισμένα σφαιροειδή σμήνη κοντά στον Γαλαξία μας, οι γέφυρες… … Dictionary of Greek
Σκαπτή Ύλη — Αρχαία πόλη της Θράκης, κοντά στη θάλασσα και απέναντι από τη Θάσο. Είχε πλούσια ορυχεία χρυσού και άργυρου, τα οποία αρχικά εκμεταλλεύονταν οι θάσιοι και αργότερα οι Αθηναίοι. Στην πόλη αυτή είχε ένα κτήμα ο ιστορικός Θουκυδίδης, στο οποίο έζησε … Dictionary of Greek
εφημερίδα — Έντυπο που κυκλοφορεί κάθε μέρα ή σε αραιότερα χρονικά διαστήματα και περιέχει ειδήσεις, σχόλια και άλλο υλικό της επικαιρότητας. Στην ευρύτερη σημασία του ο όρος ε. χαρακτηρίζει κάθε τυπωμένο κείμενο, στο οποίο καταχωρούνται ειδήσεις που… … Dictionary of Greek
Γερμανία — Επίσημη ονομασία: Ομοσπονδιακή Δημοκρατία της Γερμανίας Προηγούμενη ονομασία (1948 90): Γερμανική Ομοσπονδιακή Δημοκρατία (ή Δυτική Γερμανία) & Γερμανική Λαϊκή Δημοκρατία) Έκταση: 357.021 τ.χλμ Πληθυσμός: 82.440.309 κάτ. (2000) Πρωτεύουσα:… … Dictionary of Greek